path: root/mozilla-1435212-ffmpeg-4.0.patch

diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegDataDecoder.cpp b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegDataDecoder.cpp
--- a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegDataDecoder.cpp
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegDataDecoder.cpp
@@ -72,25 +72,31 @@ FFmpegDataDecoder<LIBAV_VER>::InitDecode
   mCodecContext->opaque = this;
 
   InitCodecContext();
 
   if (mExtraData) {
     mCodecContext->extradata_size = mExtraData->Length();
     // FFmpeg may use SIMD instructions to access the data which reads the
     // data in 32 bytes block. Must ensure we have enough data to read.
+#if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR >= 58
+    mExtraData->AppendElements(AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE);
+#else
     mExtraData->AppendElements(FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE);
+#endif
     mCodecContext->extradata = mExtraData->Elements();
   } else {
     mCodecContext->extradata_size = 0;
   }
 
+#if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57
   if (codec->capabilities & CODEC_CAP_DR1) {
     mCodecContext->flags |= CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE;
   }
+#endif
 
   if (mLib->avcodec_open2(mCodecContext, codec, nullptr) < 0) {
     mLib->avcodec_close(mCodecContext);
     mLib->av_freep(&mCodecContext);
     return MediaResult(NS_ERROR_DOM_MEDIA_FATAL_ERR,
                        RESULT_DETAIL("Couldn't initialise ffmpeg decoder"));
   }
 
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegLibWrapper.cpp b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegLibWrapper.cpp
--- a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegLibWrapper.cpp
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegLibWrapper.cpp
@@ -58,22 +58,24 @@ FFmpegLibWrapper::Link()
 
   enum {
     AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK = 1 << 8,
     AV_FUNC_53 = 1 << 0,
     AV_FUNC_54 = 1 << 1,
     AV_FUNC_55 = 1 << 2,
     AV_FUNC_56 = 1 << 3,
     AV_FUNC_57 = 1 << 4,
+    AV_FUNC_58 = 1 << 5,
     AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_53 = AV_FUNC_53 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK,
     AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_54 = AV_FUNC_54 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK,
     AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_55 = AV_FUNC_55 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK,
     AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_56 = AV_FUNC_56 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK,
     AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_57 = AV_FUNC_57 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK,
-    AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL = AV_FUNC_53 | AV_FUNC_54 | AV_FUNC_55 | AV_FUNC_56 | AV_FUNC_57,
+    AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_58 = AV_FUNC_58 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK,
+    AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL = AV_FUNC_53 | AV_FUNC_54 | AV_FUNC_55 | AV_FUNC_56 | AV_FUNC_57 | AV_FUNC_58,
     AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_ALL = AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK
   };
 
   switch (macro) {
     case 53:
       version = AV_FUNC_53;
       break;
     case 54:
@@ -83,16 +85,19 @@ FFmpegLibWrapper::Link()
       version = AV_FUNC_55;
       break;
     case 56:
       version = AV_FUNC_56;
       break;
     case 57:
       version = AV_FUNC_57;
       break;
+    case 58:
+      version = AV_FUNC_58;
+      break;
     default:
       FFMPEG_LOG("Unknown avcodec version");
       Unlink();
       return isFFMpeg
              ? ((macro > 57)
                 ? LinkResult::UnknownFutureFFMpegVersion
                 : LinkResult::UnknownOlderFFMpegVersion)
              // All LibAV versions<54.35.1 are blocked, therefore we must be
@@ -131,19 +136,19 @@ FFmpegLibWrapper::Link()
   AV_FUNC(av_parser_close, AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL)
   AV_FUNC(av_parser_parse2, AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL)
   AV_FUNC(avcodec_alloc_frame, (AV_FUNC_53 | AV_FUNC_54))
   AV_FUNC(avcodec_get_frame_defaults, (AV_FUNC_53 | AV_FUNC_54))
   AV_FUNC(avcodec_free_frame, AV_FUNC_54)
   AV_FUNC(av_log_set_level, AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_ALL)
   AV_FUNC(av_malloc, AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_ALL)
   AV_FUNC(av_freep, AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_ALL)
-  AV_FUNC(av_frame_alloc, (AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_55 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_56 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_57))
-  AV_FUNC(av_frame_free, (AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_55 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_56 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_57))
-  AV_FUNC(av_frame_unref, (AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_55 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_56 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_57))
+  AV_FUNC(av_frame_alloc, (AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_55 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_56 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_57 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_58))
+  AV_FUNC(av_frame_free, (AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_55 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_56 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_57 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_58))
+  AV_FUNC(av_frame_unref, (AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_55 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_56 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_57 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_58))
   AV_FUNC_OPTION(av_frame_get_colorspace, AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_ALL)
 #undef AV_FUNC
 #undef AV_FUNC_OPTION
 
   avcodec_register_all();
   if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(sPDMLog, LogLevel::Debug)) {
     av_log_set_level(AV_LOG_DEBUG);
   } else if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(sPDMLog, LogLevel::Info)) {
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegLibs.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegLibs.h
--- a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegLibs.h
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegLibs.h
@@ -22,18 +22,20 @@ extern "C" {
 #if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55
 #define AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F CODEC_ID_VP6F
 #define AV_CODEC_ID_H264 CODEC_ID_H264
 #define AV_CODEC_ID_AAC CODEC_ID_AAC
 #define AV_CODEC_ID_MP3 CODEC_ID_MP3
 #define AV_CODEC_ID_VP8 CODEC_ID_VP8
 #define AV_CODEC_ID_NONE CODEC_ID_NONE
 #define AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC CODEC_ID_FLAC
+typedef CodecID AVCodecID;
+#endif
+#if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR <= 55
 #define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY
-typedef CodecID AVCodecID;
 #endif
 
 #ifdef FFVPX_VERSION
 enum { LIBAV_VER = FFVPX_VERSION };
 #else
 enum { LIBAV_VER = LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR };
 #endif
 
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegRuntimeLinker.cpp b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegRuntimeLinker.cpp
--- a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegRuntimeLinker.cpp
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegRuntimeLinker.cpp
@@ -21,22 +21,25 @@ template <int V> class FFmpegDecoderModu
 public:
   static already_AddRefed<PlatformDecoderModule> Create(FFmpegLibWrapper*);
 };
 
 static FFmpegLibWrapper sLibAV;
 
 static const char* sLibs[] = {
 #if defined(XP_DARWIN)
+  "libavcodec.58.dylib",
   "libavcodec.57.dylib",
   "libavcodec.56.dylib",
   "libavcodec.55.dylib",
   "libavcodec.54.dylib",
   "libavcodec.53.dylib",
 #else
+  "libavcodec.so.58",
+  "libavcodec-ffmpeg.so.58",
   "libavcodec-ffmpeg.so.57",
   "libavcodec-ffmpeg.so.56",
   "libavcodec.so.57",
   "libavcodec.so.56",
   "libavcodec.so.55",
   "libavcodec.so.54",
   "libavcodec.so.53",
 #endif
@@ -129,16 +132,17 @@ FFmpegRuntimeLinker::CreateDecoderModule
   }
   RefPtr<PlatformDecoderModule> module;
   switch (sLibAV.mVersion) {
     case 53: module = FFmpegDecoderModule<53>::Create(&sLibAV); break;
     case 54: module = FFmpegDecoderModule<54>::Create(&sLibAV); break;
     case 55:
     case 56: module = FFmpegDecoderModule<55>::Create(&sLibAV); break;
     case 57: module = FFmpegDecoderModule<57>::Create(&sLibAV); break;
+    case 58: module = FFmpegDecoderModule<58>::Create(&sLibAV); break;
     default: module = nullptr;
   }
   return module.forget();
 }
 
 /* static */ const char*
 FFmpegRuntimeLinker::LinkStatusString()
 {
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegVideoDecoder.cpp b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegVideoDecoder.cpp
--- a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegVideoDecoder.cpp
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegVideoDecoder.cpp
@@ -161,17 +161,17 @@ FFmpegVideoDecoder<LIBAV_VER>::InitCodec
     decode_threads = 8;
   } else if (mInfo.mDisplay.width >= 1024) {
     decode_threads = 4;
   } else if (mInfo.mDisplay.width >= 320) {
     decode_threads = 2;
   }
 
   if (mLowLatency) {
-    mCodecContext->flags |= CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY;
+    mCodecContext->flags |= AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY;
     // ffvp9 and ffvp8 at this stage do not support slice threading, but it may
     // help with the h264 decoder if there's ever one.
     mCodecContext->thread_type = FF_THREAD_SLICE;
   } else {
     decode_threads = std::min(decode_threads, PR_GetNumberOfProcessors() - 1);
     decode_threads = std::max(decode_threads, 1);
     mCodecContext->thread_count = decode_threads;
     if (decode_threads > 1) {
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/COPYING.LGPLv2.1 b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/COPYING.LGPLv2.1
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/COPYING.LGPLv2.1
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+                  GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 2.1, February 1999
+
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL.  It also counts
+ as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
+ the version number 2.1.]
+
+                            Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+
+  This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
+Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it.  You
+can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
+this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
+strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
+not price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
+you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
+for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
+it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
+it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
+these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
+rights.  These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
+you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code.  If you link other code with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
+with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it.  And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
+library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+
+  To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
+there is no warranty for the free library.  Also, if the library is
+modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
+that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
+author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
+introduced by others.
+
+  Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
+any free program.  We wish to make sure that a company cannot
+effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
+restrictive license from a patent holder.  Therefore, we insist that
+any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
+consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
+
+  Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
+ordinary GNU General Public License.  This license, the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
+is quite different from the ordinary General Public License.  We use
+this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
+libraries into non-free programs.
+
+  When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
+a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
+combined work, a derivative of the original library.  The ordinary
+General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
+entire combination fits its criteria of freedom.  The Lesser General
+Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
+the library.
+
+  We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
+does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
+Public License.  It also provides other free software developers Less
+of an advantage over competing non-free programs.  These disadvantages
+are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
+libraries.  However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
+special circumstances.
+
+  For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
+encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
+a de-facto standard.  To achieve this, non-free programs must be
+allowed to use the library.  A more frequent case is that a free
+library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries.  In this
+case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
+software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
+
+  In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
+programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
+free software.  For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
+non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
+operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
+system.
+
+  Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
+users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
+linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
+that program using a modified version of the Library.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.  Pay close attention to the difference between a
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library".  The
+former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
+be combined with the library in order to run.
+
+                  GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
+program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
+other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
+this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
+Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+  A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+
+  The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
+which has been distributed under these terms.  A "work based on the
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term "modification".)
+
+  "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+
+  Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it).  Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+  You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+    b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+    charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+    table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+    the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+    is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+    in the event an application does not supply such function or
+    table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+    its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+    (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+    a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+    application.  Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+    application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+    be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+    root function must still compute square roots.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library.  To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License.  (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.)  Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+
+  Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+
+  This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+
+  4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+  If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library".  Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+  However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
+library".  The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+
+  When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library.  The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+
+  If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work.  (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+
+  Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+
+  6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+  You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License.  You must supply a copy of this License.  If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License.  Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+
+    a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+    machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+    changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+    Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+    with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
+    uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
+    user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+    executable containing the modified Library.  (It is understood
+    that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+    Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+    to use the modified definitions.)
+
+    b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+    Library.  A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
+    copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
+    rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
+    will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
+    the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
+    interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
+
+    c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+    least three years, to give the same user the materials
+    specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+    than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+    d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+    from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+    specified materials from the same place.
+
+    e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+    materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+
+  For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it.  However, as a special exception,
+the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
+normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
+the executable.
+
+  It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system.  Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+
+  7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+    a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+    based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+    facilities.  This must be distributed under the terms of the
+    Sections above.
+
+    b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+    that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+    where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+  8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License.  Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License.  However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+  10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
+this License.
+
+  11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+  13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation.  If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission.  For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+                            NO WARRANTY
+
+  15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+           How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+
+  If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change.  You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+
+  To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.  It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
+  library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+That's all there is to it!
+
+
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6146 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H
+#define AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ * Libavcodec external API header
+ */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
+#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
+#include "libavutil/cpu.h"
+#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h"
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavutil/frame.h"
+#include "libavutil/hwcontext.h"
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
+#include "libavutil/rational.h"
+
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup libavc libavcodec
+ * Encoding/Decoding Library
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavc_decoding Decoding
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavc_encoding Encoding
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec Codecs
+ * @{
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_native Native Codecs
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_wrappers External library wrappers
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel Hardware Accelerators bridge
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavc_internal Internal
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ * @defgroup lavc_encdec send/receive encoding and decoding API overview
+ * @{
+ *
+ * The avcodec_send_packet()/avcodec_receive_frame()/avcodec_send_frame()/
+ * avcodec_receive_packet() functions provide an encode/decode API, which
+ * decouples input and output.
+ *
+ * The API is very similar for encoding/decoding and audio/video, and works as
+ * follows:
+ * - Set up and open the AVCodecContext as usual.
+ * - Send valid input:
+ *   - For decoding, call avcodec_send_packet() to give the decoder raw
+ *     compressed data in an AVPacket.
+ *   - For encoding, call avcodec_send_frame() to give the encoder an AVFrame
+ *     containing uncompressed audio or video.
+ *   In both cases, it is recommended that AVPackets and AVFrames are
+ *   refcounted, or libavcodec might have to copy the input data. (libavformat
+ *   always returns refcounted AVPackets, and av_frame_get_buffer() allocates
+ *   refcounted AVFrames.)
+ * - Receive output in a loop. Periodically call one of the avcodec_receive_*()
+ *   functions and process their output:
+ *   - For decoding, call avcodec_receive_frame(). On success, it will return
+ *     an AVFrame containing uncompressed audio or video data.
+ *   - For encoding, call avcodec_receive_packet(). On success, it will return
+ *     an AVPacket with a compressed frame.
+ *   Repeat this call until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or an error. The
+ *   AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value means that new input data is required to
+ *   return new output. In this case, continue with sending input. For each
+ *   input frame/packet, the codec will typically return 1 output frame/packet,
+ *   but it can also be 0 or more than 1.
+ *
+ * At the beginning of decoding or encoding, the codec might accept multiple
+ * input frames/packets without returning a frame, until its internal buffers
+ * are filled. This situation is handled transparently if you follow the steps
+ * outlined above.
+ *
+ * In theory, sending input can result in EAGAIN - this should happen only if
+ * not all output was received. You can use this to structure alternative decode
+ * or encode loops other than the one suggested above. For example, you could
+ * try sending new input on each iteration, and try to receive output if that
+ * returns EAGAIN.
+ *
+ * End of stream situations. These require "flushing" (aka draining) the codec,
+ * as the codec might buffer multiple frames or packets internally for
+ * performance or out of necessity (consider B-frames).
+ * This is handled as follows:
+ * - Instead of valid input, send NULL to the avcodec_send_packet() (decoding)
+ *   or avcodec_send_frame() (encoding) functions. This will enter draining
+ *   mode.
+ * - Call avcodec_receive_frame() (decoding) or avcodec_receive_packet()
+ *   (encoding) in a loop until AVERROR_EOF is returned. The functions will
+ *   not return AVERROR(EAGAIN), unless you forgot to enter draining mode.
+ * - Before decoding can be resumed again, the codec has to be reset with
+ *   avcodec_flush_buffers().
+ *
+ * Using the API as outlined above is highly recommended. But it is also
+ * possible to call functions outside of this rigid schema. For example, you can
+ * call avcodec_send_packet() repeatedly without calling
+ * avcodec_receive_frame(). In this case, avcodec_send_packet() will succeed
+ * until the codec's internal buffer has been filled up (which is typically of
+ * size 1 per output frame, after initial input), and then reject input with
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN). Once it starts rejecting input, you have no choice but to
+ * read at least some output.
+ *
+ * Not all codecs will follow a rigid and predictable dataflow; the only
+ * guarantee is that an AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value on a send/receive call on
+ * one end implies that a receive/send call on the other end will succeed, or
+ * at least will not fail with AVERROR(EAGAIN). In general, no codec will
+ * permit unlimited buffering of input or output.
+ *
+ * This API replaces the following legacy functions:
+ * - avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4():
+ *   Use avcodec_send_packet() to feed input to the decoder, then use
+ *   avcodec_receive_frame() to receive decoded frames after each packet.
+ *   Unlike with the old video decoding API, multiple frames might result from
+ *   a packet. For audio, splitting the input packet into frames by partially
+ *   decoding packets becomes transparent to the API user. You never need to
+ *   feed an AVPacket to the API twice (unless it is rejected with AVERROR(EAGAIN) - then
+ *   no data was read from the packet).
+ *   Additionally, sending a flush/draining packet is required only once.
+ * - avcodec_encode_video2()/avcodec_encode_audio2():
+ *   Use avcodec_send_frame() to feed input to the encoder, then use
+ *   avcodec_receive_packet() to receive encoded packets.
+ *   Providing user-allocated buffers for avcodec_receive_packet() is not
+ *   possible.
+ * - The new API does not handle subtitles yet.
+ *
+ * Mixing new and old function calls on the same AVCodecContext is not allowed,
+ * and will result in undefined behavior.
+ *
+ * Some codecs might require using the new API; using the old API will return
+ * an error when calling it. All codecs support the new API.
+ *
+ * A codec is not allowed to return AVERROR(EAGAIN) for both sending and receiving. This
+ * would be an invalid state, which could put the codec user into an endless
+ * loop. The API has no concept of time either: it cannot happen that trying to
+ * do avcodec_send_packet() results in AVERROR(EAGAIN), but a repeated call 1 second
+ * later accepts the packet (with no other receive/flush API calls involved).
+ * The API is a strict state machine, and the passage of time is not supposed
+ * to influence it. Some timing-dependent behavior might still be deemed
+ * acceptable in certain cases. But it must never result in both send/receive
+ * returning EAGAIN at the same time at any point. It must also absolutely be
+ * avoided that the current state is "unstable" and can "flip-flop" between
+ * the send/receive APIs allowing progress. For example, it's not allowed that
+ * the codec randomly decides that it actually wants to consume a packet now
+ * instead of returning a frame, after it just returned AVERROR(EAGAIN) on an
+ * avcodec_send_packet() call.
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures.
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ *
+ * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities,
+ * allocating core structures, etc.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream.
+ * The principle is roughly:
+ * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams.
+ * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams.
+ * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation
+ * details.
+ *
+ * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that
+ * 1. no value of an existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI),
+ * 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs
+ *
+ * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec
+ * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version.
+ */
+enum AVCodecID {
+    AV_CODEC_ID_NONE,
+
+    /* video codecs */
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding
+    AV_CODEC_ID_H261,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_H263,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_RV10,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_RV20,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_H263P,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_H263I,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_H264,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_VP3,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_4XM,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SMC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PNG,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PPM,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PBM,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PGM,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PAM,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_RV30,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_RV40,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_VC1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_AASC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_BMP,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_AVS,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_NUV,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_VP5,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_VP6,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_GIF,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DXA,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_THP,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SGI,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_C93,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PTX,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TXD,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_AMV,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_VB,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCX,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_RL2,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_BFI,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_CMV,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TGV,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TQI,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_AURA,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_V210X,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TMV,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_V210,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DPX,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MAD,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_R210,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ANM,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM,
+#define AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1 AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM
+    AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_YOP,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_VP8,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_R10K,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_JV,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DFA,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_V410,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_XWD,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_XBM,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_VP9,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_AIC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_G2M,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC,
+#define AV_CODEC_ID_H265 AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC
+    AV_CODEC_ID_FIC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_EXR,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_VP7,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SANM,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_HQX,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TDSC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_HQ_HQA,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_HAP,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DDS,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DXV,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SCREENPRESSO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_RSCC,
+
+    AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P = 0x8000,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_012V,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_V308,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_V408,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_APNG,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DAALA,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_CFHD,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2RT,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_M101,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MAGICYUV,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SHEERVIDEO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_YLC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PSD,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PIXLET,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEDHQ,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_FMVC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SCPR,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_CLEARVIDEO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_XPM,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_AV1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_BITPACKED,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MSCC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SRGC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SVG,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_GDV,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_FITS,
+
+    /* various PCM "codecs" */
+    AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000,     ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_S302M,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR,
+
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64LE = 0x10800,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64BE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F16LE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F24LE,
+
+    /* various ADPCM codecs */
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA,
+
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC = 0x11800,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP_LE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSX,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AICA,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DAT4,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MTAF,
+
+    /* AMR */
+    AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB,
+
+    /* RealAudio codecs*/
+    AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288,
+
+    /* various DPCM codecs */
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM,
+
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM = 0x14800,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_GREMLIN_DPCM,
+
+    /* audio codecs */
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3
+    AV_CODEC_ID_AAC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_AC3,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DTS,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format
+    AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_COOK,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TTA,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_IMC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MLP,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_APE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MP1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_CELT,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_G729,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_RALF,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_IAC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TAK,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_METASOUND,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DSS_SP,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_CODEC2,
+
+    AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH = 0x15800,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SMV,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_4GV,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_ACM,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_XMA1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_XMA2,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DST,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3AL,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3PAL,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DOLBY_E,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_APTX,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_APTX_HD,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SBC,
+
+    /* subtitle codecs */
+    AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000,          ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs.
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT,  ///< raw UTF-8 text
+    AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SSA,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SRT,
+
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD   = 0x17800,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_STL,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PJS,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_ASS,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_TEXT_SUBTITLE,
+
+    /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */
+    AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000,           ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs.
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000,
+
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SCTE_35, ///< Contain timestamp estimated through PCR of program stream.
+    AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT    = 0x18800,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_IDF,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_OTF,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3,
+    AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA,
+
+
+    AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it
+
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS
+                                * stream (only used by libavformat) */
+    AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems
+                                * stream (only used by libavformat) */
+    AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000,   ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information.
+    AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME = 0x21001, ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket
+};
+
+/**
+ * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an
+ * AVCodecID.
+ * @see avcodec_descriptor_get()
+ */
+typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor {
+    enum AVCodecID     id;
+    enum AVMediaType type;
+    /**
+     * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and
+     * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric
+     * characters and '_' only.
+     */
+    const char      *name;
+    /**
+     * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL.
+     */
+    const char *long_name;
+    /**
+     * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags.
+     */
+    int             props;
+    /**
+     * MIME type(s) associated with the codec.
+     * May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types.
+     * The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type.
+     */
+    const char *const *mime_types;
+    /**
+     * If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec.
+     * Terminated with FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN.
+     */
+    const struct AVProfile *profiles;
+} AVCodecDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * Codec uses only intra compression.
+ * Video and audio codecs only.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY    (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only.
+ * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless
+ * compression modes
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY         (1 << 1)
+/**
+ * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS      (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which
+ * the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the
+ * decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding
+ * frames.
+ *
+ * For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be
+ * equal.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER       (1 << 3)
+/**
+ * Subtitle codec is bitmap based
+ * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB    (1 << 16)
+/**
+ * Subtitle codec is text based.
+ * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB      (1 << 17)
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup lavc_decoding
+ * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding.
+ * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read
+ * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.<br>
+ * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged
+ * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault.
+ */
+#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 64
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup lavc_encoding
+ * minimum encoding buffer size
+ * Used to avoid some checks during header writing.
+ */
+#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE 16384
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup lavc_decoding
+ */
+enum AVDiscard{
+    /* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some
+     * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */
+    AVDISCARD_NONE    =-16, ///< discard nothing
+    AVDISCARD_DEFAULT =  0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi
+    AVDISCARD_NONREF  =  8, ///< discard all non reference
+    AVDISCARD_BIDIR   = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames
+    AVDISCARD_NONINTRA= 24, ///< discard all non intra frames
+    AVDISCARD_NONKEY  = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes
+    AVDISCARD_ALL     = 48, ///< discard all
+};
+
+enum AVAudioServiceType {
+    AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN              = 0,
+    AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS           = 1,
+    AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2,
+    AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED  = 3,
+    AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE          = 4,
+    AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY        = 5,
+    AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY         = 6,
+    AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER        = 7,
+    AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE           = 8,
+    AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB                   , ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup lavc_encoding
+ */
+typedef struct RcOverride{
+    int start_frame;
+    int end_frame;
+    int qscale; // If this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead.
+    float quality_factor;
+} RcOverride;
+
+/* encoding support
+   These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization.
+   Note: Not everything is supported yet.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned
+ * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping).
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED       (1 <<  0)
+/**
+ * Use fixed qscale.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE          (1 <<  1)
+/**
+ * 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H.263.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_4MV             (1 <<  2)
+/**
+ * Output even those frames that might be corrupted.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT  (1 <<  3)
+/**
+ * Use qpel MC.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QPEL            (1 <<  4)
+/**
+ * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS1           (1 <<  9)
+/**
+ * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS2           (1 << 10)
+/**
+ * loop filter.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER     (1 << 11)
+/**
+ * Only decode/encode grayscale.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GRAY            (1 << 13)
+/**
+ * error[?] variables will be set during encoding.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR            (1 << 15)
+/**
+ * Input bitstream might be truncated at a random location
+ * instead of only at frame boundaries.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED       (1 << 16)
+/**
+ * Use interlaced DCT.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT  (1 << 18)
+/**
+ * Force low delay.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY       (1 << 19)
+/**
+ * Place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER   (1 << 22)
+/**
+ * Use only bitexact stuff (except (I)DCT).
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT        (1 << 23)
+/* Fx : Flag for H.263+ extra options */
+/**
+ * H.263 advanced intra coding / MPEG-4 AC prediction
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED         (1 << 24)
+/**
+ * interlaced motion estimation
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME   (1 << 29)
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP      (1U << 31)
+
+/**
+ * Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST           (1 <<  0)
+/**
+ * Skip bitstream encoding.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT      (1 <<  2)
+/**
+ * Place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER   (1 <<  3)
+
+/**
+ * timecode is in drop frame format. DEPRECATED!!!!
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE (1 << 13)
+
+/**
+ * Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries
+ * instead of only at frame boundaries.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS         (1 << 15)
+/**
+ * Discard cropping information from SPS.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP    (1 << 16)
+
+/**
+ * Show all frames before the first keyframe
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL       (1 << 22)
+/**
+ * Export motion vectors through frame side data
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS     (1 << 28)
+/**
+ * Do not skip samples and export skip information as frame side data
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL    (1 << 29)
+/**
+ * Do not reset ASS ReadOrder field on flush (subtitles decoding)
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_RO_FLUSH_NOOP  (1 << 30)
+
+/* Unsupported options :
+ *              Syntax Arithmetic coding (SAC)
+ *              Reference Picture Selection
+ *              Independent Segment Decoding */
+/* /Fx */
+/* codec capabilities */
+
+/**
+ * Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND     (1 <<  0)
+/**
+ * Codec uses get_buffer() for allocating buffers and supports custom allocators.
+ * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() at all or use operations that
+ * assume the buffer was allocated by avcodec_default_get_buffer.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1                 (1 <<  1)
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED           (1 <<  3)
+/**
+ * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to
+ * give the complete and correct output.
+ *
+ * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with
+ *       with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode
+ *       or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec
+ *       unless this flag is set.
+ *
+ * Decoders:
+ * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL,
+ * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer
+ * returns frames.
+ *
+ * Encoders:
+ * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the
+ * encoder no longer returns data.
+ *
+ * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this
+ *       flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for
+ *       each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will
+ *       be determined by libavcodec from the input frame.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY               (1 <<  5)
+/**
+ * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size.
+ * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME    (1 <<  6)
+
+/**
+ * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket
+ * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do
+ * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames.
+ * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a
+ * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming
+ * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carrying such bitstreams thus
+ * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like
+ * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered
+ * as a last resort.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES           (1 <<  8)
+/**
+ * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental
+ * encoders
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL        (1 <<  9)
+/**
+ * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF        (1 << 10)
+/**
+ * Codec supports frame-level multithreading.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS       (1 << 12)
+/**
+ * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS       (1 << 13)
+/**
+ * Codec supports changed parameters at any point.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE        (1 << 14)
+/**
+ * Codec supports avctx->thread_count == 0 (auto).
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS        (1 << 15)
+/**
+ * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE (1 << 16)
+/**
+ * Decoder is not a preferred choice for probing.
+ * This indicates that the decoder is not a good choice for probing.
+ * It could for example be an expensive to spin up hardware decoder,
+ * or it could simply not provide a lot of useful information about
+ * the stream.
+ * A decoder marked with this flag should only be used as last resort
+ * choice for probing.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AVOID_PROBING       (1 << 17)
+/**
+ * Codec is intra only.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY       0x40000000
+/**
+ * Codec is lossless.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS         0x80000000
+
+/**
+ * Codec is backed by a hardware implementation. Typically used to
+ * identify a non-hwaccel hardware decoder. For information about hwaccels, use
+ * avcodec_get_hw_config() instead.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE            (1 << 18)
+
+/**
+ * Codec is potentially backed by a hardware implementation, but not
+ * necessarily. This is used instead of AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE, if the
+ * implementation provides some sort of internal fallback.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HYBRID              (1 << 19)
+
+/**
+ * Pan Scan area.
+ * This specifies the area which should be displayed.
+ * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame.
+ */
+typedef struct AVPanScan {
+    /**
+     * id
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     */
+    int id;
+
+    /**
+     * width and height in 1/16 pel
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     */
+    int width;
+    int height;
+
+    /**
+     * position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     */
+    int16_t position[3][2];
+} AVPanScan;
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes the bitrate properties of an encoded bitstream. It
+ * roughly corresponds to a subset the VBV parameters for MPEG-2 or HRD
+ * parameters for H.264/HEVC.
+ */
+typedef struct AVCPBProperties {
+    /**
+     * Maximum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
+     * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
+     */
+    int max_bitrate;
+    /**
+     * Minimum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
+     * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
+     */
+    int min_bitrate;
+    /**
+     * Average bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
+     * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
+     */
+    int avg_bitrate;
+
+    /**
+     * The size of the buffer to which the ratecontrol is applied, in bits.
+     * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
+     */
+    int buffer_size;
+
+    /**
+     * The delay between the time the packet this structure is associated with
+     * is received and the time when it should be decoded, in periods of a 27MHz
+     * clock.
+     *
+     * UINT64_MAX when unknown or unspecified.
+     */
+    uint64_t vbv_delay;
+} AVCPBProperties;
+
+/**
+ * The decoder will keep a reference to the frame and may reuse it later.
+ */
+#define AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket
+ *
+ * Types and functions for working with AVPacket.
+ * @{
+ */
+enum AVPacketSideDataType {
+    /**
+     * An AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE side data packet contains exactly AVPALETTE_SIZE
+     * bytes worth of palette. This side data signals that a new palette is
+     * present.
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE,
+
+    /**
+     * The AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA is used to notify the codec or the format
+     * that the extradata buffer was changed and the receiving side should
+     * act upon it appropriately. The new extradata is embedded in the side
+     * data buffer and should be immediately used for processing the current
+     * frame or packet.
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA,
+
+    /**
+     * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows:
+     * @code
+     * u32le param_flags
+     * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT)
+     *     s32le channel_count
+     * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT)
+     *     u64le channel_layout
+     * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE)
+     *     s32le sample_rate
+     * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS)
+     *     s32le width
+     *     s32le height
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE,
+
+    /**
+     * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of
+     * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the
+     * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190).
+     * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks,
+     * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller
+     * than the target payload size.
+     * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows:
+     * @code
+     * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet
+     * u8    current quantizer at the start of the macroblock
+     * u8    GOB number
+     * u16le macroblock address within the GOB
+     * u8    horizontal MV predictor
+     * u8    vertical MV predictor
+     * u8    horizontal MV predictor for block number 3
+     * u8    vertical MV predictor for block number 3
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO,
+
+    /**
+     * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains
+     * ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct.
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
+
+    /**
+     * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
+     * transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for
+     * correct presentation.
+     *
+     * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
+
+    /**
+     * This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains
+     * Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct.
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D,
+
+    /**
+     * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and corresponds
+     * to enum AVAudioServiceType.
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE,
+
+    /**
+     * This side data contains quality related information from the encoder.
+     * @code
+     * u32le quality factor of the compressed frame. Allowed range is between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad).
+     * u8    picture type
+     * u8    error count
+     * u16   reserved
+     * u64le[error count] sum of squared differences between encoder in and output
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS,
+
+    /**
+     * This side data contains an integer value representing the stream index
+     * of a "fallback" track.  A fallback track indicates an alternate
+     * track to use when the current track can not be decoded for some reason.
+     * e.g. no decoder available for codec.
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK,
+
+    /**
+     * This side data corresponds to the AVCPBProperties struct.
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES,
+
+    /**
+     * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples
+     * @code
+     * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
+     * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
+     * u8    reason for start skip
+     * u8    reason for end   skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
+
+    /**
+     * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that
+     * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV
+     * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used.
+     * @code
+     * u8    selected channels (0=mail/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both)
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO,
+
+    /**
+     * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for
+     * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop.
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA,
+
+    /**
+     * Subtitle event position
+     * @code
+     * u32le x1
+     * u32le y1
+     * u32le x2
+     * u32le y2
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION,
+
+    /**
+     * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is
+     * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data
+     * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed
+     * by data.
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL,
+
+    /**
+     * The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue.
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER,
+
+    /**
+     * The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately
+     * follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue.
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS,
+
+    /**
+     * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for
+     * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This
+     * side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream.
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE,
+
+    /**
+     * MPEGTS stream ID, this is required to pass the stream ID
+     * information from the demuxer to the corresponding muxer.
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_MPEGTS_STREAM_ID,
+
+    /**
+     * Mastering display metadata (based on SMPTE-2086:2014). This metadata
+     * should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form
+     * of the AVMasteringDisplayMetadata struct.
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA,
+
+    /**
+     * This side data should be associated with a video stream and corresponds
+     * to the AVSphericalMapping structure.
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_SPHERICAL,
+
+    /**
+     * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This metadata should be
+     * associated with a video stream and contains data in the form of the
+     * AVContentLightMetadata struct.
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL,
+
+    /**
+     * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. This metadata should be associated with
+     * a video stream. A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVPacketSideData.data.
+     * The number of bytes of CC data is AVPacketSideData.size.
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_A53_CC,
+
+    /**
+     * This side data is encryption initialization data.
+     * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_init_info_* methods to
+     * access.
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INIT_INFO,
+
+    /**
+     * This side data contains encryption info for how to decrypt the packet.
+     * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_info_* methods to access.
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INFO,
+
+    /**
+     * The number of side data types.
+     * This is not part of the public API/ABI in the sense that it may
+     * change when new side data types are added.
+     * This must stay the last enum value.
+     * If its value becomes huge, some code using it
+     * needs to be updated as it assumes it to be smaller than other limits.
+     */
+    AV_PKT_DATA_NB
+};
+
+#define AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_FACTOR AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS //DEPRECATED
+
+typedef struct AVPacketSideData {
+    uint8_t *data;
+    int      size;
+    enum AVPacketSideDataType type;
+} AVPacketSideData;
+
+/**
+ * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers
+ * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and
+ * then passed to muxers.
+ *
+ * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may
+ * contain several compressed frames. Encoders are allowed to output empty
+ * packets, with no compressed data, containing only side data
+ * (e.g. to update some stream parameters at the end of encoding).
+ *
+ * AVPacket is one of the few structs in FFmpeg, whose size is a part of public
+ * ABI. Thus it may be allocated on stack and no new fields can be added to it
+ * without libavcodec and libavformat major bump.
+ *
+ * The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf field.
+ * If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is
+ * valid indefinitely until a call to av_packet_unref() reduces the
+ * reference count to 0.
+ *
+ * If the buf field is not set av_packet_ref() would make a copy instead
+ * of increasing the reference count.
+ *
+ * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc(), copied by
+ * av_packet_ref() and freed by av_packet_unref().
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_ref
+ * @see av_packet_unref
+ */
+typedef struct AVPacket {
+    /**
+     * A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is
+     * stored.
+     * May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted.
+     */
+    AVBufferRef *buf;
+    /**
+     * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which
+     * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user.
+     * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
+     * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before
+     * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse
+     * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps
+     * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket.
+     */
+    int64_t pts;
+    /**
+     * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which
+     * the packet is decompressed.
+     * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
+     */
+    int64_t dts;
+    uint8_t *data;
+    int   size;
+    int   stream_index;
+    /**
+     * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values
+     */
+    int   flags;
+    /**
+     * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container.
+     * Packet can contain several types of side information.
+     */
+    AVPacketSideData *side_data;
+    int side_data_elems;
+
+    /**
+     * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
+     * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order.
+     */
+    int64_t duration;
+
+    int64_t pos;                            ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown
+
+#if FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION
+    /**
+     * @deprecated Same as the duration field, but as int64_t. This was required
+     * for Matroska subtitles, whose duration values could overflow when the
+     * duration field was still an int.
+     */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int64_t convergence_duration;
+#endif
+} AVPacket;
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY     0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted
+/**
+ * Flag is used to discard packets which are required to maintain valid
+ * decoder state but are not required for output and should be dropped
+ * after decoding.
+ **/
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISCARD   0x0004
+/**
+ * The packet comes from a trusted source.
+ *
+ * Otherwise-unsafe constructs such as arbitrary pointers to data
+ * outside the packet may be followed.
+ */
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_TRUSTED   0x0008
+/**
+ * Flag is used to indicate packets that contain frames that can
+ * be discarded by the decoder.  I.e. Non-reference frames.
+ */
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISPOSABLE 0x0010
+
+
+enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags {
+    AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT  = 0x0001,
+    AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = 0x0002,
+    AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE    = 0x0004,
+    AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS     = 0x0008,
+};
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+struct AVCodecInternal;
+
+enum AVFieldOrder {
+    AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN,
+    AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE,
+    AV_FIELD_TT,          //< Top coded_first, top displayed first
+    AV_FIELD_BB,          //< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first
+    AV_FIELD_TB,          //< Top coded first, bottom displayed first
+    AV_FIELD_BT,          //< Bottom coded first, top displayed first
+};
+
+/**
+ * main external API structure.
+ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+ * version bump.
+ * You can use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from user
+ * applications.
+ * The name string for AVOptions options matches the associated command line
+ * parameter name and can be found in libavcodec/options_table.h
+ * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C
+ * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity.
+ * sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*.
+ */
+typedef struct AVCodecContext {
+    /**
+     * information on struct for av_log
+     * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3
+     */
+    const AVClass *av_class;
+    int log_level_offset;
+
+    enum AVMediaType codec_type; /* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx */
+    const struct AVCodec  *codec;
+    enum AVCodecID     codec_id; /* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx */
+
+    /**
+     * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A').
+     * This is used to work around some encoder bugs.
+     * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify the codec.
+     * If there are multiple such fields in a container then the demuxer should choose the one
+     * which maximizes the information about the used codec.
+     * If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits then the demuxer should
+     * remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or other structure. Alternatively a new
+     * extra_codec_tag + size could be added but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated
+     * first.
+     * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be used.
+     * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init.
+     */
+    unsigned int codec_tag;
+
+    void *priv_data;
+
+    /**
+     * Private context used for internal data.
+     *
+     * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general
+     * libavcodec functions.
+     */
+    struct AVCodecInternal *internal;
+
+    /**
+     * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+    void *opaque;
+
+    /**
+     * the average bitrate
+     * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding.
+     * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec
+     *             if this info is available in the stream
+     */
+    int64_t bit_rate;
+
+    /**
+     * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference.
+     *           the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2)
+     * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int bit_rate_tolerance;
+
+    /**
+     * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame.
+     * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int global_quality;
+
+    /**
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int compression_level;
+#define FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT -1
+
+    /**
+     * AV_CODEC_FLAG_*.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+    int flags;
+
+    /**
+     * AV_CODEC_FLAG2_*
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+    int flags2;
+
+    /**
+     * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables.
+     * MJPEG: Huffman tables
+     * rv10: additional flags
+     * MPEG-4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here)
+     * The allocated memory should be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger
+     * than extradata_size to avoid problems if it is read with the bitstream reader.
+     * The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the architecture or CPU endianness.
+     * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec.
+     * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user.
+     */
+    uint8_t *extradata;
+    int extradata_size;
+
+    /**
+     * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms
+     * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content,
+     * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be
+     * identically 1.
+     * This often, but not always is the inverse of the frame rate or field rate
+     * for video. 1/time_base is not the average frame rate if the frame rate is not
+     * constant.
+     *
+     * Like containers, elementary streams also can store timestamps, 1/time_base
+     * is the unit in which these timestamps are specified.
+     * As example of such codec time base see ISO/IEC 14496-2:2001(E)
+     * vop_time_increment_resolution and fixed_vop_rate
+     * (fixed_vop_rate == 0 implies that it is different from the framerate)
+     *
+     * - encoding: MUST be set by user.
+     * - decoding: the use of this field for decoding is deprecated.
+     *             Use framerate instead.
+     */
+    AVRational time_base;
+
+    /**
+     * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame rate.
+     * Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame duration
+     * if no telecine is used ...
+     *
+     * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it to 2.
+     */
+    int ticks_per_frame;
+
+    /**
+     * Codec delay.
+     *
+     * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to
+     *           the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec)
+     * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder
+     *           as specified in the spec would produce.
+     *
+     * Video:
+     *   Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the
+     *   encoded input.
+     *
+     * Audio:
+     *   For encoding, this field is unused (see initial_padding).
+     *
+     *   For decoding, this is the number of samples the decoder needs to
+     *   output before the decoder's output is valid. When seeking, you should
+     *   start decoding this many samples prior to your desired seek point.
+     *
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     */
+    int delay;
+
+
+    /* video only */
+    /**
+     * picture width / height.
+     *
+     * @note Those fields may not match the values of the last
+     * AVFrame output by avcodec_decode_video2 due frame
+     * reordering.
+     *
+     * - encoding: MUST be set by user.
+     * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known e.g.
+     *             from the container. Some decoders will require the dimensions
+     *             to be set by the caller. During decoding, the decoder may
+     *             overwrite those values as required while parsing the data.
+     */
+    int width, height;
+
+    /**
+     * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height e.g. when
+     * the decoded frame is cropped before being output or lowres is enabled.
+     *
+     * @note Those field may not match the value of the last
+     * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame
+     * reordering.
+     *
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known
+     *             e.g. from the container. During decoding, the decoder may
+     *             overwrite those values as required while parsing the data.
+     */
+    int coded_width, coded_height;
+
+    /**
+     * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int gop_size;
+
+    /**
+     * Pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx.
+     * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers.
+     * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better.
+     *
+     * @note This field may not match the value of the last
+     * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame
+     * reordering.
+     *
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec while
+     *             parsing the data.
+     */
+    enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
+
+    /**
+     * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec
+     * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not
+     * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities
+     * beforehand.
+     * When multithreading is used, it may be called from multiple threads
+     * at the same time; threads might draw different parts of the same AVFrame,
+     * or multiple AVFrames, and there is no guarantee that slices will be drawn
+     * in order.
+     * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs.
+     * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass
+     * the data needed for hardware render.
+     * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to
+     * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application
+     * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress
+     * or mark state.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     * @param height the height of the slice
+     * @param y the y position of the slice
+     * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame
+     * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be read
+     */
+    void (*draw_horiz_band)(struct AVCodecContext *s,
+                            const AVFrame *src, int offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS],
+                            int y, int type, int height);
+
+    /**
+     * callback to negotiate the pixelFormat
+     * @param fmt is the list of formats which are supported by the codec,
+     * it is terminated by -1 as 0 is a valid format, the formats are ordered by quality.
+     * The first is always the native one.
+     * @note The callback may be called again immediately if initialization for
+     * the selected (hardware-accelerated) pixel format failed.
+     * @warning Behavior is undefined if the callback returns a value not
+     * in the fmt list of formats.
+     * @return the chosen format
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user, if not set the native format will be chosen.
+     */
+    enum AVPixelFormat (*get_format)(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt);
+
+    /**
+     * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames
+     * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int max_b_frames;
+
+    /**
+     * qscale factor between IP and B-frames
+     * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset).
+     * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset).
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    float b_quant_factor;
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+    /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int b_frame_strategy;
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * qscale offset between IP and B-frames
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    float b_quant_offset;
+
+    /**
+     * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder.
+     * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP.
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     */
+    int has_b_frames;
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+    /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int mpeg_quant;
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * qscale factor between P- and I-frames
+     * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q = lastp_q * factor + offset).
+     * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset).
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    float i_quant_factor;
+
+    /**
+     * qscale offset between P and I-frames
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    float i_quant_offset;
+
+    /**
+     * luminance masking (0-> disabled)
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    float lumi_masking;
+
+    /**
+     * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled)
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    float temporal_cplx_masking;
+
+    /**
+     * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled)
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    float spatial_cplx_masking;
+
+    /**
+     * p block masking (0-> disabled)
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    float p_masking;
+
+    /**
+     * darkness masking (0-> disabled)
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    float dark_masking;
+
+    /**
+     * slice count
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     * - decoding: Set by user (or 0).
+     */
+    int slice_count;
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+    /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+    attribute_deprecated
+     int prediction_method;
+#define FF_PRED_LEFT   0
+#define FF_PRED_PLANE  1
+#define FF_PRED_MEDIAN 2
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * slice offsets in the frame in bytes
+     * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec.
+     * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL).
+     */
+    int *slice_offset;
+
+    /**
+     * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown)
+     * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel.
+     * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for some video standards.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     */
+    AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+    /**
+     * motion estimation comparison function
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int me_cmp;
+    /**
+     * subpixel motion estimation comparison function
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int me_sub_cmp;
+    /**
+     * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet)
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int mb_cmp;
+    /**
+     * interlaced DCT comparison function
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int ildct_cmp;
+#define FF_CMP_SAD          0
+#define FF_CMP_SSE          1
+#define FF_CMP_SATD         2
+#define FF_CMP_DCT          3
+#define FF_CMP_PSNR         4
+#define FF_CMP_BIT          5
+#define FF_CMP_RD           6
+#define FF_CMP_ZERO         7
+#define FF_CMP_VSAD         8
+#define FF_CMP_VSSE         9
+#define FF_CMP_NSSE         10
+#define FF_CMP_W53          11
+#define FF_CMP_W97          12
+#define FF_CMP_DCTMAX       13
+#define FF_CMP_DCT264       14
+#define FF_CMP_MEDIAN_SAD   15
+#define FF_CMP_CHROMA       256
+
+    /**
+     * ME diamond size & shape
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int dia_size;
+
+    /**
+     * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square)
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int last_predictor_count;
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+    /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int pre_me;
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * motion estimation prepass comparison function
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int me_pre_cmp;
+
+    /**
+     * ME prepass diamond size & shape
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int pre_dia_size;
+
+    /**
+     * subpel ME quality
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int me_subpel_quality;
+
+    /**
+     * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units
+     * If 0 then no limit.
+     *
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int me_range;
+
+    /**
+     * slice flags
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+    int slice_flags;
+#define SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER    0x0001 ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display
+#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD    0x0002 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG-2 field pics)
+#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE    0x0004 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1)
+
+    /**
+     * macroblock decision mode
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int mb_decision;
+#define FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE 0        ///< uses mb_cmp
+#define FF_MB_DECISION_BITS   1        ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits
+#define FF_MB_DECISION_RD     2        ///< rate distortion
+
+    /**
+     * custom intra quantization matrix
+     * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     */
+    uint16_t *intra_matrix;
+
+    /**
+     * custom inter quantization matrix
+     * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     */
+    uint16_t *inter_matrix;
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+    /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int scenechange_threshold;
+
+    /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int noise_reduction;
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+     */
+    int intra_dc_precision;
+
+    /**
+     * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+    int skip_top;
+
+    /**
+     * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+    int skip_bottom;
+
+    /**
+     * minimum MB Lagrange multiplier
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int mb_lmin;
+
+    /**
+     * maximum MB Lagrange multiplier
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int mb_lmax;
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+    /**
+     * @deprecated use encoder private options instead
+     */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int me_penalty_compensation;
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int bidir_refine;
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+    /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int brd_scale;
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * minimum GOP size
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int keyint_min;
+
+    /**
+     * number of reference frames
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by lavc.
+     */
+    int refs;
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+    /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int chromaoffset;
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int mv0_threshold;
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+    /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int b_sensitivity;
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries.
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+     */
+    enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
+
+    /**
+     * Color Transfer Characteristic.
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+     */
+    enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
+
+    /**
+     * YUV colorspace type.
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+     */
+    enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
+
+    /**
+     * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+     */
+    enum AVColorRange color_range;
+
+    /**
+     * This defines the location of chroma samples.
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+     */
+    enum AVChromaLocation chroma_sample_location;
+
+    /**
+     * Number of slices.
+     * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized
+     * decoding.
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int slices;
+
+    /** Field order
+     * - encoding: set by libavcodec
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+    enum AVFieldOrder field_order;
+
+    /* audio only */
+    int sample_rate; ///< samples per second
+    int channels;    ///< number of audio channels
+
+    /**
+     * audio sample format
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     */
+    enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt;  ///< sample format
+
+    /* The following data should not be initialized. */
+    /**
+     * Number of samples per channel in an audio frame.
+     *
+     * - encoding: set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). Each submitted frame
+     *   except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel.
+     *   May be 0 when the codec has AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, then the
+     *   frame size is not restricted.
+     * - decoding: may be set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size
+     */
+    int frame_size;
+
+    /**
+     * Frame counter, set by libavcodec.
+     *
+     * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far.
+     * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far.
+     *
+     *   @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in
+     *   an error.
+     */
+    int frame_number;
+
+    /**
+     * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0
+     * Used by some WAV based audio codecs.
+     */
+    int block_align;
+
+    /**
+     * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic")
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int cutoff;
+
+    /**
+     * Audio channel layout.
+     * - encoding: set by user.
+     * - decoding: set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec.
+     */
+    uint64_t channel_layout;
+
+    /**
+     * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default)
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+    uint64_t request_channel_layout;
+
+    /**
+     * Type of service that the audio stream conveys.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     */
+    enum AVAudioServiceType audio_service_type;
+
+    /**
+     * desired sample format
+     * - encoding: Not used.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     * Decoder will decode to this format if it can.
+     */
+    enum AVSampleFormat request_sample_fmt;
+
+    /**
+     * This callback is called at the beginning of each frame to get data
+     * buffer(s) for it. There may be one contiguous buffer for all the data or
+     * there may be a buffer per each data plane or anything in between. What
+     * this means is, you may set however many entries in buf[] you feel necessary.
+     * Each buffer must be reference-counted using the AVBuffer API (see description
+     * of buf[] below).
+     *
+     * The following fields will be set in the frame before this callback is
+     * called:
+     * - format
+     * - width, height (video only)
+     * - sample_rate, channel_layout, nb_samples (audio only)
+     * Their values may differ from the corresponding values in
+     * AVCodecContext. This callback must use the frame values, not the codec
+     * context values, to calculate the required buffer size.
+     *
+     * This callback must fill the following fields in the frame:
+     * - data[]
+     * - linesize[]
+     * - extended_data:
+     *   * if the data is planar audio with more than 8 channels, then this
+     *     callback must allocate and fill extended_data to contain all pointers
+     *     to all data planes. data[] must hold as many pointers as it can.
+     *     extended_data must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed in
+     *     av_frame_unref().
+     *   * otherwise extended_data must point to data
+     * - buf[] must contain one or more pointers to AVBufferRef structures. Each of
+     *   the frame's data and extended_data pointers must be contained in these. That
+     *   is, one AVBufferRef for each allocated chunk of memory, not necessarily one
+     *   AVBufferRef per data[] entry. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(),
+     *   and av_buffer_ref().
+     * - extended_buf and nb_extended_buf must be allocated with av_malloc() by
+     *   this callback and filled with the extra buffers if there are more
+     *   buffers than buf[] can hold. extended_buf will be freed in
+     *   av_frame_unref().
+     *
+     * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer2() must call
+     * avcodec_default_get_buffer2() instead of providing buffers allocated by
+     * some other means.
+     *
+     * Each data plane must be aligned to the maximum required by the target
+     * CPU.
+     *
+     * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer2()
+     *
+     * Video:
+     *
+     * If AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the frame may be reused
+     * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec.
+     *
+     * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and
+     * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16.
+     *
+     * Some decoders do not support linesizes changing between frames.
+     *
+     * If frame multithreading is used and thread_safe_callbacks is set,
+     * this callback may be called from a different thread, but not from more
+     * than one at once. Does not need to be reentrant.
+     *
+     * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2()
+     *
+     * Audio:
+     *
+     * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting
+     * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer2(). The decoder may,
+     * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples
+     * to a smaller value in the output frame.
+     *
+     * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and
+     * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer2()
+     * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and
+     * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio
+     * since all planes must be the same size.
+     *
+     * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays()
+     *
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+     */
+    int (*get_buffer2)(struct AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+    /**
+     * If non-zero, the decoded audio and video frames returned from
+     * avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4() are reference-counted
+     * and are valid indefinitely. The caller must free them with
+     * av_frame_unref() when they are not needed anymore.
+     * Otherwise, the decoded frames must not be freed by the caller and are
+     * only valid until the next decode call.
+     *
+     * This is always automatically enabled if avcodec_receive_frame() is used.
+     *
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: set by the caller before avcodec_open2().
+     */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int refcounted_frames;
+
+    /* - encoding parameters */
+    float qcompress;  ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes (0.0-1.0)
+    float qblur;      ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0)
+
+    /**
+     * minimum quantizer
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int qmin;
+
+    /**
+     * maximum quantizer
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int qmax;
+
+    /**
+     * maximum quantizer difference between frames
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int max_qdiff;
+
+    /**
+     * decoder bitstream buffer size
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int rc_buffer_size;
+
+    /**
+     * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride
+     * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int rc_override_count;
+    RcOverride *rc_override;
+
+    /**
+     * maximum bitrate
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec.
+     */
+    int64_t rc_max_rate;
+
+    /**
+     * minimum bitrate
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int64_t rc_min_rate;
+
+    /**
+     * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, <value> of what can be used without an underflow.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused.
+     */
+    float rc_max_available_vbv_use;
+
+    /**
+     * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, <value> times the amount needed to prevent a vbv overflow.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused.
+     */
+    float rc_min_vbv_overflow_use;
+
+    /**
+     * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int rc_initial_buffer_occupancy;
+
+#if FF_API_CODER_TYPE
+#define FF_CODER_TYPE_VLC       0
+#define FF_CODER_TYPE_AC        1
+#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RAW       2
+#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RLE       3
+    /**
+     * @deprecated use encoder private options instead
+     */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int coder_type;
+#endif /* FF_API_CODER_TYPE */
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+    /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int context_model;
+#endif
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+    /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int frame_skip_threshold;
+
+    /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int frame_skip_factor;
+
+    /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int frame_skip_exp;
+
+    /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int frame_skip_cmp;
+#endif /* FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT */
+
+    /**
+     * trellis RD quantization
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int trellis;
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+    /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int min_prediction_order;
+
+    /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int max_prediction_order;
+
+    /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int64_t timecode_frame_start;
+#endif
+
+#if FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK
+    /**
+     * @deprecated unused
+     */
+    /* The RTP callback: This function is called    */
+    /* every time the encoder has a packet to send. */
+    /* It depends on the encoder if the data starts */
+    /* with a Start Code (it should). H.263 does.   */
+    /* mb_nb contains the number of macroblocks     */
+    /* encoded in the RTP payload.                  */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    void (*rtp_callback)(struct AVCodecContext *avctx, void *data, int size, int mb_nb);
+#endif
+
+#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+    /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int rtp_payload_size;   /* The size of the RTP payload: the coder will  */
+                            /* do its best to deliver a chunk with size     */
+                            /* below rtp_payload_size, the chunk will start */
+                            /* with a start code on some codecs like H.263. */
+                            /* This doesn't take account of any particular  */
+                            /* headers inside the transmitted RTP payload.  */
+#endif
+
+#if FF_API_STAT_BITS
+    /* statistics, used for 2-pass encoding */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int mv_bits;
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int header_bits;
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int i_tex_bits;
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int p_tex_bits;
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int i_count;
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int p_count;
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int skip_count;
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int misc_bits;
+
+    /** @deprecated this field is unused */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int frame_bits;
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    char *stats_out;
+
+    /**
+     * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer
+     * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here.
+     * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    char *stats_in;
+
+    /**
+     * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected automatically.
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: Set by user
+     */
+    int workaround_bugs;
+#define FF_BUG_AUTODETECT       1  ///< autodetection
+#define FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE       4
+#define FF_BUG_UMP4             8
+#define FF_BUG_NO_PADDING       16
+#define FF_BUG_AMV              32
+#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA      64
+#define FF_BUG_STD_QPEL         128
+#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2     256
+#define FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE 512
+#define FF_BUG_EDGE             1024
+#define FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA      2048
+#define FF_BUG_DC_CLIP          4096
+#define FF_BUG_MS               8192 ///< Work around various bugs in Microsoft's broken decoders.
+#define FF_BUG_TRUNCATED       16384
+#define FF_BUG_IEDGE           32768
+
+    /**
+     * strictly follow the standard (MPEG-4, ...).
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will
+     * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower
+     * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all
+     * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal,
+     * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things
+     * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly
+     * (=strictly conform to the specs)
+     */
+    int strict_std_compliance;
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT   2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software.
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT        1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences.
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL        0
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL   -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things.
+
+    /**
+     * error concealment flags
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+    int error_concealment;
+#define FF_EC_GUESS_MVS   1
+#define FF_EC_DEBLOCK     2
+#define FF_EC_FAVOR_INTER 256
+
+    /**
+     * debug
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+    int debug;
+#define FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO   1
+#define FF_DEBUG_RC          2
+#define FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM   4
+#define FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE     8
+#define FF_DEBUG_QP          16
+#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV
+/**
+ * @deprecated this option does nothing
+ */
+#define FF_DEBUG_MV          32
+#endif
+#define FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF   0x00000040
+#define FF_DEBUG_SKIP        0x00000080
+#define FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE   0x00000100
+#define FF_DEBUG_ER          0x00000400
+#define FF_DEBUG_MMCO        0x00000800
+#define FF_DEBUG_BUGS        0x00001000
+#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_QP      0x00002000
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MB_TYPE 0x00004000
+#endif
+#define FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS     0x00008000
+#define FF_DEBUG_THREADS     0x00010000
+#define FF_DEBUG_GREEN_MD    0x00800000
+#define FF_DEBUG_NOMC        0x01000000
+
+#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV
+    /**
+     * debug
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+    int debug_mv;
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR  0x00000001 // visualize forward predicted MVs of P-frames
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR  0x00000002 // visualize forward predicted MVs of B-frames
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 // visualize backward predicted MVs of B-frames
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+    int err_recognition;
+
+/**
+ * Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or
+ * decoded data, depending on the codec) and print an error message on mismatch.
+ * If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in the
+ * decoder returning an error.
+ */
+#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK  (1<<0)
+#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM (1<<1)          ///< detect bitstream specification deviations
+#define AV_EF_BUFFER    (1<<2)          ///< detect improper bitstream length
+#define AV_EF_EXPLODE   (1<<3)          ///< abort decoding on minor error detection
+
+#define AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR (1<<15)        ///< ignore errors and continue
+#define AV_EF_CAREFUL    (1<<16)        ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate and have not been seen in the wild as errors
+#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT  (1<<17)        ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors
+#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE (1<<18)        ///< consider things that a sane encoder should not do as an error
+
+
+    /**
+     * opaque 64-bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and
+     * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+    int64_t reordered_opaque;
+
+    /**
+     * Hardware accelerator in use
+     * - encoding: unused.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+     */
+    const struct AVHWAccel *hwaccel;
+
+    /**
+     * Hardware accelerator context.
+     * For some hardware accelerators, a global context needs to be
+     * provided by the user. In that case, this holds display-dependent
+     * data FFmpeg cannot instantiate itself. Please refer to the
+     * FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill this
+     * is. e.g. for VA API, this is a struct vaapi_context.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user
+     */
+    void *hwaccel_context;
+
+    /**
+     * error
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags & AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+    /**
+     * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+    int dct_algo;
+#define FF_DCT_AUTO    0
+#define FF_DCT_FASTINT 1
+#define FF_DCT_INT     2
+#define FF_DCT_MMX     3
+#define FF_DCT_ALTIVEC 5
+#define FF_DCT_FAAN    6
+
+    /**
+     * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+    int idct_algo;
+#define FF_IDCT_AUTO          0
+#define FF_IDCT_INT           1
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLE        2
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX     3
+#define FF_IDCT_ARM           7
+#define FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC       8
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM     10
+#define FF_IDCT_XVID          14
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE 16
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6   17
+#define FF_IDCT_FAAN          20
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON    22
+#define FF_IDCT_NONE          24 /* Used by XvMC to extract IDCT coefficients with FF_IDCT_PERM_NONE */
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEAUTO    128
+
+    /**
+     * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv).
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+     int bits_per_coded_sample;
+
+    /**
+     * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format.
+     * - encoding: set by user.
+     * - decoding: set by libavcodec.
+     */
+    int bits_per_raw_sample;
+
+#if FF_API_LOWRES
+    /**
+     * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+     int lowres;
+#endif
+
+#if FF_API_CODED_FRAME
+    /**
+     * the picture in the bitstream
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *
+     * @deprecated use the quality factor packet side data instead
+     */
+    attribute_deprecated AVFrame *coded_frame;
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * thread count
+     * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute()
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+    int thread_count;
+
+    /**
+     * Which multithreading methods to use.
+     * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per thread,
+     * so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it.
+     *
+     * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used.
+     * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used.
+     */
+    int thread_type;
+#define FF_THREAD_FRAME   1 ///< Decode more than one frame at once
+#define FF_THREAD_SLICE   2 ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once
+
+    /**
+     * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec.
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     */
+    int active_thread_type;
+
+    /**
+     * Set by the client if its custom get_buffer() callback can be called
+     * synchronously from another thread, which allows faster multithreaded decoding.
+     * draw_horiz_band() will be called from other threads regardless of this setting.
+     * Ignored if the default get_buffer() is used.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+    int thread_safe_callbacks;
+
+    /**
+     * The codec may call this to execute several independent things.
+     * It will return only after finishing all tasks.
+     * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation,
+     * the default implementation will execute the parts serially.
+     * @param count the number of things to execute
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+     */
+    int (*execute)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg), void *arg2, int *ret, int count, int size);
+
+    /**
+     * The codec may call this to execute several independent things.
+     * It will return only after finishing all tasks.
+     * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation,
+     * the default implementation will execute the parts serially.
+     * Also see avcodec_thread_init and e.g. the --enable-pthread configure option.
+     * @param c context passed also to func
+     * @param count the number of things to execute
+     * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func
+     * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" values. May be NULL.
+     * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to count-1.
+     *             threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS and so that no
+     *             two instances of func executing at the same time will have the same threadnr.
+     * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement where when any call to func
+     *         returns < 0 no further calls to func may be done and < 0 is returned.
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+     */
+    int (*execute2)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg, int jobnr, int threadnr), void *arg2, int *ret, int count);
+
+    /**
+     * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparison function
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     */
+     int nsse_weight;
+
+    /**
+     * profile
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     */
+     int profile;
+#define FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN -99
+#define FF_PROFILE_RESERVED -100
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW  1
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR  2
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP  3
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE   4
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 28
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD   22
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD  38
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW 128
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE  131
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHD         0
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_LB      1
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_SQ      2
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQ      3
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQX     4
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_444     5
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS         20
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES      30
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24   40
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA  50
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA   60
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_EXPRESS 70
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422    0
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH   1
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS     2
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE  3
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN   4
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE 5
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED  (1<<9)  // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA        (1<<11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE             66
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66|FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED)
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN                 77
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED             88
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH                 100
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10              110
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA        (110|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA)
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MULTIVIEW_HIGH       118
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422             122
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA       (122|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA)
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_STEREO_HIGH          128
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444             144
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE  244
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA       (244|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA)
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444            44
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE   0
+#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN     1
+#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX  2
+#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE                     0
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE            1
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE                       2
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN                       3
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT                      4
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE           5
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION      6
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE     7
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID                     8
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME         9
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE             10
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING           11
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE             12
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO             14
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE           15
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0   1
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1   2
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION  32768
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K              3
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K              4
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_0                            0
+#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_1                            1
+#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_2                            2
+#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_3                            3
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN                        1
+#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10                     2
+#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE          3
+#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT                        4
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_MAIN                         0
+#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_HIGH                         1
+#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_PROFESSIONAL                 2
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_BASELINE_DCT            0xc0
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_EXTENDED_SEQUENTIAL_DCT 0xc1
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_PROGRESSIVE_DCT         0xc2
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_LOSSLESS                0xc3
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_JPEG_LS                         0xf7
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_SBC_MSBC                         1
+
+    /**
+     * level
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     */
+     int level;
+#define FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN -99
+
+    /**
+     * Skip loop filtering for selected frames.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+    enum AVDiscard skip_loop_filter;
+
+    /**
+     * Skip IDCT/dequantization for selected frames.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+    enum AVDiscard skip_idct;
+
+    /**
+     * Skip decoding for selected frames.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+    enum AVDiscard skip_frame;
+
+    /**
+     * Header containing style information for text subtitles.
+     * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS
+     * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and
+     * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line.
+     * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2())
+     * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2())
+     */
+    uint8_t *subtitle_header;
+    int subtitle_header_size;
+
+#if FF_API_VBV_DELAY
+    /**
+     * VBV delay coded in the last frame (in periods of a 27 MHz clock).
+     * Used for compliant TS muxing.
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     * - decoding: unused.
+     * @deprecated this value is now exported as a part of
+     * AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES packet side data
+     */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    uint64_t vbv_delay;
+#endif
+
+#if FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT
+    /**
+     * Encoding only and set by default. Allow encoders to output packets
+     * that do not contain any encoded data, only side data.
+     *
+     * Some encoders need to output such packets, e.g. to update some stream
+     * parameters at the end of encoding.
+     *
+     * @deprecated this field disables the default behaviour and
+     *             it is kept only for compatibility.
+     */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int side_data_only_packets;
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * Audio only. The number of "priming" samples (padding) inserted by the
+     * encoder at the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading
+     * decoded samples must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio
+     * without leading padding.
+     *
+     * - decoding: unused
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. The timestamps on the output packets are
+     *             adjusted by the encoder so that they always refer to the
+     *             first sample of the data actually contained in the packet,
+     *             including any added padding.  E.g. if the timebase is
+     *             1/samplerate and the timestamp of the first input sample is
+     *             0, the timestamp of the first output packet will be
+     *             -initial_padding.
+     */
+    int initial_padding;
+
+    /**
+     * - decoding: For codecs that store a framerate value in the compressed
+     *             bitstream, the decoder may export it here. { 0, 1} when
+     *             unknown.
+     * - encoding: May be used to signal the framerate of CFR content to an
+     *             encoder.
+     */
+    AVRational framerate;
+
+    /**
+     * Nominal unaccelerated pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx.
+     * - encoding: unused.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec before calling get_format()
+     */
+    enum AVPixelFormat sw_pix_fmt;
+
+    /**
+     * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are.
+     * - encoding unused.
+     * - decoding set by user.
+     */
+    AVRational pkt_timebase;
+
+    /**
+     * AVCodecDescriptor
+     * - encoding: unused.
+     * - decoding: set by libavcodec.
+     */
+    const AVCodecDescriptor *codec_descriptor;
+
+#if !FF_API_LOWRES
+    /**
+     * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+     int lowres;
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * Current statistics for PTS correction.
+     * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by user apps
+     * - encoding: unused
+     */
+    int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_pts; /// Number of incorrect PTS values so far
+    int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_dts; /// Number of incorrect DTS values so far
+    int64_t pts_correction_last_pts;       /// PTS of the last frame
+    int64_t pts_correction_last_dts;       /// DTS of the last frame
+
+    /**
+     * Character encoding of the input subtitles file.
+     * - decoding: set by user
+     * - encoding: unused
+     */
+    char *sub_charenc;
+
+    /**
+     * Subtitles character encoding mode. Formats or codecs might be adjusting
+     * this setting (if they are doing the conversion themselves for instance).
+     * - decoding: set by libavcodec
+     * - encoding: unused
+     */
+    int sub_charenc_mode;
+#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_DO_NOTHING  -1  ///< do nothing (demuxer outputs a stream supposed to be already in UTF-8, or the codec is bitmap for instance)
+#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_AUTOMATIC    0  ///< libavcodec will select the mode itself
+#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_PRE_DECODER  1  ///< the AVPacket data needs to be recoded to UTF-8 before being fed to the decoder, requires iconv
+#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_IGNORE       2  ///< neither convert the subtitles, nor check them for valid UTF-8
+
+    /**
+     * Skip processing alpha if supported by codec.
+     * Note that if the format uses pre-multiplied alpha (common with VP6,
+     * and recommended due to better video quality/compression)
+     * the image will look as if alpha-blended onto a black background.
+     * However for formats that do not use pre-multiplied alpha
+     * there might be serious artefacts (though e.g. libswscale currently
+     * assumes pre-multiplied alpha anyway).
+     *
+     * - decoding: set by user
+     * - encoding: unused
+     */
+    int skip_alpha;
+
+    /**
+     * Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity
+     * - decoding: unused
+     * - encoding: set by libavcodec
+     */
+    int seek_preroll;
+
+#if !FF_API_DEBUG_MV
+    /**
+     * debug motion vectors
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+    int debug_mv;
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR  0x00000001 //visualize forward predicted MVs of P frames
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR  0x00000002 //visualize forward predicted MVs of B frames
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 //visualize backward predicted MVs of B frames
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * custom intra quantization matrix
+     * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL.
+     * - decoding: unused.
+     */
+    uint16_t *chroma_intra_matrix;
+
+    /**
+     * dump format separator.
+     * can be ", " or "\n      " or anything else
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     */
+    uint8_t *dump_separator;
+
+    /**
+     * ',' separated list of allowed decoders.
+     * If NULL then all are allowed
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: set by user
+     */
+    char *codec_whitelist;
+
+    /**
+     * Properties of the stream that gets decoded
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: set by libavcodec
+     */
+    unsigned properties;
+#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_LOSSLESS        0x00000001
+#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_CLOSED_CAPTIONS 0x00000002
+
+    /**
+     * Additional data associated with the entire coded stream.
+     *
+     * - decoding: unused
+     * - encoding: may be set by libavcodec after avcodec_open2().
+     */
+    AVPacketSideData *coded_side_data;
+    int            nb_coded_side_data;
+
+    /**
+     * A reference to the AVHWFramesContext describing the input (for encoding)
+     * or output (decoding) frames. The reference is set by the caller and
+     * afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec - it should never be read by
+     * the caller after being set.
+     *
+     * - decoding: This field should be set by the caller from the get_format()
+     *             callback. The previous reference (if any) will always be
+     *             unreffed by libavcodec before the get_format() call.
+     *
+     *             If the default get_buffer2() is used with a hwaccel pixel
+     *             format, then this AVHWFramesContext will be used for
+     *             allocating the frame buffers.
+     *
+     * - encoding: For hardware encoders configured to use a hwaccel pixel
+     *             format, this field should be set by the caller to a reference
+     *             to the AVHWFramesContext describing input frames.
+     *             AVHWFramesContext.format must be equal to
+     *             AVCodecContext.pix_fmt.
+     *
+     *             This field should be set before avcodec_open2() is called.
+     */
+    AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
+
+    /**
+     * Control the form of AVSubtitle.rects[N]->ass
+     * - decoding: set by user
+     * - encoding: unused
+     */
+    int sub_text_format;
+#define FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS              0
+#if FF_API_ASS_TIMING
+#define FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS_WITH_TIMINGS 1
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to
+     * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be
+     * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original
+     * audio without any trailing padding.
+     *
+     * - decoding: unused
+     * - encoding: unused
+     */
+    int trailing_padding;
+
+    /**
+     * The number of pixels per image to maximally accept.
+     *
+     * - decoding: set by user
+     * - encoding: set by user
+     */
+    int64_t max_pixels;
+
+    /**
+     * A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device which will
+     * be used by a hardware encoder/decoder.  The reference is set by the
+     * caller and afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec.
+     *
+     * This should be used if either the codec device does not require
+     * hardware frames or any that are used are to be allocated internally by
+     * libavcodec.  If the user wishes to supply any of the frames used as
+     * encoder input or decoder output then hw_frames_ctx should be used
+     * instead.  When hw_frames_ctx is set in get_format() for a decoder, this
+     * field will be ignored while decoding the associated stream segment, but
+     * may again be used on a following one after another get_format() call.
+     *
+     * For both encoders and decoders this field should be set before
+     * avcodec_open2() is called and must not be written to thereafter.
+     *
+     * Note that some decoders may require this field to be set initially in
+     * order to support hw_frames_ctx at all - in that case, all frames
+     * contexts used must be created on the same device.
+     */
+    AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx;
+
+    /**
+     * Bit set of AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags, which affect hardware accelerated
+     * decoding (if active).
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user (either before avcodec_open2(), or in the
+     *             AVCodecContext.get_format callback)
+     */
+    int hwaccel_flags;
+
+    /**
+     * Video decoding only. Certain video codecs support cropping, meaning that
+     * only a sub-rectangle of the decoded frame is intended for display.  This
+     * option controls how cropping is handled by libavcodec.
+     *
+     * When set to 1 (the default), libavcodec will apply cropping internally.
+     * I.e. it will modify the output frame width/height fields and offset the
+     * data pointers (only by as much as possible while preserving alignment, or
+     * by the full amount if the AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED flag is set) so that
+     * the frames output by the decoder refer only to the cropped area. The
+     * crop_* fields of the output frames will be zero.
+     *
+     * When set to 0, the width/height fields of the output frames will be set
+     * to the coded dimensions and the crop_* fields will describe the cropping
+     * rectangle. Applying the cropping is left to the caller.
+     *
+     * @warning When hardware acceleration with opaque output frames is used,
+     * libavcodec is unable to apply cropping from the top/left border.
+     *
+     * @note when this option is set to zero, the width/height fields of the
+     * AVCodecContext and output AVFrames have different meanings. The codec
+     * context fields store display dimensions (with the coded dimensions in
+     * coded_width/height), while the frame fields store the coded dimensions
+     * (with the display dimensions being determined by the crop_* fields).
+     */
+    int apply_cropping;
+
+    /*
+     * Video decoding only.  Sets the number of extra hardware frames which
+     * the decoder will allocate for use by the caller.  This must be set
+     * before avcodec_open2() is called.
+     *
+     * Some hardware decoders require all frames that they will use for
+     * output to be defined in advance before decoding starts.  For such
+     * decoders, the hardware frame pool must therefore be of a fixed size.
+     * The extra frames set here are on top of any number that the decoder
+     * needs internally in order to operate normally (for example, frames
+     * used as reference pictures).
+     */
+    int extra_hw_frames;
+} AVCodecContext;
+
+#if FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET
+/**
+ * Accessors for some AVCodecContext fields. These used to be provided for ABI
+ * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+AVRational av_codec_get_pkt_timebase         (const AVCodecContext *avctx);
+attribute_deprecated
+void       av_codec_set_pkt_timebase         (AVCodecContext *avctx, AVRational val);
+
+attribute_deprecated
+const AVCodecDescriptor *av_codec_get_codec_descriptor(const AVCodecContext *avctx);
+attribute_deprecated
+void                     av_codec_set_codec_descriptor(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodecDescriptor *desc);
+
+attribute_deprecated
+unsigned av_codec_get_codec_properties(const AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+#if FF_API_LOWRES
+attribute_deprecated
+int  av_codec_get_lowres(const AVCodecContext *avctx);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_codec_set_lowres(AVCodecContext *avctx, int val);
+#endif
+
+attribute_deprecated
+int  av_codec_get_seek_preroll(const AVCodecContext *avctx);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_codec_set_seek_preroll(AVCodecContext *avctx, int val);
+
+attribute_deprecated
+uint16_t *av_codec_get_chroma_intra_matrix(const AVCodecContext *avctx);
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_codec_set_chroma_intra_matrix(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint16_t *val);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * AVProfile.
+ */
+typedef struct AVProfile {
+    int profile;
+    const char *name; ///< short name for the profile
+} AVProfile;
+
+enum {
+    /**
+     * The codec supports this format via the hw_device_ctx interface.
+     *
+     * When selecting this format, AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx should
+     * have been set to a device of the specified type before calling
+     * avcodec_open2().
+     */
+    AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX = 0x01,
+    /**
+     * The codec supports this format via the hw_frames_ctx interface.
+     *
+     * When selecting this format for a decoder,
+     * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to a suitable frames
+     * context inside the get_format() callback.  The frames context
+     * must have been created on a device of the specified type.
+     */
+    AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX = 0x02,
+    /**
+     * The codec supports this format by some internal method.
+     *
+     * This format can be selected without any additional configuration -
+     * no device or frames context is required.
+     */
+    AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_INTERNAL      = 0x04,
+    /**
+     * The codec supports this format by some ad-hoc method.
+     *
+     * Additional settings and/or function calls are required.  See the
+     * codec-specific documentation for details.  (Methods requiring
+     * this sort of configuration are deprecated and others should be
+     * used in preference.)
+     */
+    AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_AD_HOC        = 0x08,
+};
+
+typedef struct AVCodecHWConfig {
+    /**
+     * A hardware pixel format which the codec can use.
+     */
+    enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
+    /**
+     * Bit set of AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_* flags, describing the possible
+     * setup methods which can be used with this configuration.
+     */
+    int methods;
+    /**
+     * The device type associated with the configuration.
+     *
+     * Must be set for AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX and
+     * AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX, otherwise unused.
+     */
+    enum AVHWDeviceType device_type;
+} AVCodecHWConfig;
+
+typedef struct AVCodecDefault AVCodecDefault;
+
+struct AVSubtitle;
+
+/**
+ * AVCodec.
+ */
+typedef struct AVCodec {
+    /**
+     * Name of the codec implementation.
+     * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an
+     * encoder and a decoder can share the same name).
+     * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective.
+     */
+    const char *name;
+    /**
+     * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name.
+     * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it.
+     */
+    const char *long_name;
+    enum AVMediaType type;
+    enum AVCodecID id;
+    /**
+     * Codec capabilities.
+     * see AV_CODEC_CAP_*
+     */
+    int capabilities;
+    const AVRational *supported_framerates; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0}
+    const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmts;     ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1
+    const int *supported_samplerates;       ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0
+    const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1
+    const uint64_t *channel_layouts;         ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0
+    uint8_t max_lowres;                     ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder
+    const AVClass *priv_class;              ///< AVClass for the private context
+    const AVProfile *profiles;              ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN}
+
+    /**
+     * Group name of the codec implementation.
+     * This is a short symbolic name of the wrapper backing this codec. A
+     * wrapper uses some kind of external implementation for the codec, such
+     * as an external library, or a codec implementation provided by the OS or
+     * the hardware.
+     * If this field is NULL, this is a builtin, libavcodec native codec.
+     * If non-NULL, this will be the suffix in AVCodec.name in most cases
+     * (usually AVCodec.name will be of the form "<codec_name>_<wrapper_name>").
+     */
+    const char *wrapper_name;
+
+    /*****************************************************************
+     * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
+     * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and
+     * removed at will.
+     * New public fields should be added right above.
+     *****************************************************************
+     */
+    int priv_data_size;
+    struct AVCodec *next;
+    /**
+     * @name Frame-level threading support functions
+     * @{
+     */
+    /**
+     * If defined, called on thread contexts when they are created.
+     * If the codec allocates writable tables in init(), re-allocate them here.
+     * priv_data will be set to a copy of the original.
+     */
+    int (*init_thread_copy)(AVCodecContext *);
+    /**
+     * Copy necessary context variables from a previous thread context to the current one.
+     * If not defined, the next thread will start automatically; otherwise, the codec
+     * must call ff_thread_finish_setup().
+     *
+     * dst and src will (rarely) point to the same context, in which case memcpy should be skipped.
+     */
+    int (*update_thread_context)(AVCodecContext *dst, const AVCodecContext *src);
+    /** @} */
+
+    /**
+     * Private codec-specific defaults.
+     */
+    const AVCodecDefault *defaults;
+
+    /**
+     * Initialize codec static data, called from avcodec_register().
+     *
+     * This is not intended for time consuming operations as it is
+     * run for every codec regardless of that codec being used.
+     */
+    void (*init_static_data)(struct AVCodec *codec);
+
+    int (*init)(AVCodecContext *);
+    int (*encode_sub)(AVCodecContext *, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
+                      const struct AVSubtitle *sub);
+    /**
+     * Encode data to an AVPacket.
+     *
+     * @param      avctx          codec context
+     * @param      avpkt          output AVPacket (may contain a user-provided buffer)
+     * @param[in]  frame          AVFrame containing the raw data to be encoded
+     * @param[out] got_packet_ptr encoder sets to 0 or 1 to indicate that a
+     *                            non-empty packet was returned in avpkt.
+     * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure
+     */
+    int (*encode2)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, const AVFrame *frame,
+                   int *got_packet_ptr);
+    int (*decode)(AVCodecContext *, void *outdata, int *outdata_size, AVPacket *avpkt);
+    int (*close)(AVCodecContext *);
+    /**
+     * Encode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. The API is the
+     * same as the avcodec_ prefixed APIs (avcodec_send_frame() etc.), except
+     * that:
+     * - never called if the codec is closed or the wrong type,
+     * - if AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY is not set, drain frames are never sent,
+     * - only one drain frame is ever passed down,
+     */
+    int (*send_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame);
+    int (*receive_packet)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt);
+
+    /**
+     * Decode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. This function is called
+     * to get one output frame. It should call ff_decode_get_packet() to obtain
+     * input data.
+     */
+    int (*receive_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame);
+    /**
+     * Flush buffers.
+     * Will be called when seeking
+     */
+    void (*flush)(AVCodecContext *);
+    /**
+     * Internal codec capabilities.
+     * See FF_CODEC_CAP_* in internal.h
+     */
+    int caps_internal;
+
+    /**
+     * Decoding only, a comma-separated list of bitstream filters to apply to
+     * packets before decoding.
+     */
+    const char *bsfs;
+
+    /**
+     * Array of pointers to hardware configurations supported by the codec,
+     * or NULL if no hardware supported.  The array is terminated by a NULL
+     * pointer.
+     *
+     * The user can only access this field via avcodec_get_hw_config().
+     */
+    const struct AVCodecHWConfigInternal **hw_configs;
+} AVCodec;
+
+#if FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_codec_get_max_lowres(const AVCodec *codec);
+#endif
+
+struct MpegEncContext;
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve supported hardware configurations for a codec.
+ *
+ * Values of index from zero to some maximum return the indexed configuration
+ * descriptor; all other values return NULL.  If the codec does not support
+ * any hardware configurations then it will always return NULL.
+ */
+const AVCodecHWConfig *avcodec_get_hw_config(const AVCodec *codec, int index);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_hwaccel AVHWAccel
+ *
+ * @note  Nothing in this structure should be accessed by the user.  At some
+ *        point in future it will not be externally visible at all.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+typedef struct AVHWAccel {
+    /**
+     * Name of the hardware accelerated codec.
+     * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an
+     * encoder and a decoder can share the same name).
+     */
+    const char *name;
+
+    /**
+     * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator.
+     *
+     * See AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx
+     */
+    enum AVMediaType type;
+
+    /**
+     * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator.
+     *
+     * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx
+     */
+    enum AVCodecID id;
+
+    /**
+     * Supported pixel format.
+     *
+     * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here.
+     */
+    enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
+
+    /**
+     * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities.
+     * see AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_*
+     */
+    int capabilities;
+
+    /*****************************************************************
+     * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
+     * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and
+     * removed at will.
+     * New public fields should be added right above.
+     *****************************************************************
+     */
+
+    /**
+     * Allocate a custom buffer
+     */
+    int (*alloc_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame);
+
+    /**
+     * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture.
+     *
+     * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to
+     * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory.
+     *
+     * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0.
+     * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point.
+     *
+     * @param avctx the codec context
+     * @param buf the frame data buffer base
+     * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes
+     * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+     */
+    int (*start_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size);
+
+    /**
+     * Callback for parameter data (SPS/PPS/VPS etc).
+     *
+     * Useful for hardware decoders which keep persistent state about the
+     * video parameters, and need to receive any changes to update that state.
+     *
+     * @param avctx the codec context
+     * @param type the nal unit type
+     * @param buf the nal unit data buffer
+     * @param buf_size the size of the nal unit in bytes
+     * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+     */
+    int (*decode_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, int type, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size);
+
+    /**
+     * Callback for each slice.
+     *
+     * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to
+     * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory.
+     * The only exception is XvMC, that works on MB level.
+     *
+     * @param avctx the codec context
+     * @param buf the slice data buffer base
+     * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes
+     * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+     */
+    int (*decode_slice)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size);
+
+    /**
+     * Called at the end of each frame or field picture.
+     *
+     * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent
+     * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory.
+     *
+     * @param avctx the codec context
+     * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+     */
+    int (*end_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+    /**
+     * Size of per-frame hardware accelerator private data.
+     *
+     * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before
+     * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after
+     * AVCodecContext.release_buffer().
+     */
+    int frame_priv_data_size;
+
+    /**
+     * Called for every Macroblock in a slice.
+     *
+     * XvMC uses it to replace the ff_mpv_reconstruct_mb().
+     * Instead of decoding to raw picture, MB parameters are
+     * stored in an array provided by the video driver.
+     *
+     * @param s the mpeg context
+     */
+    void (*decode_mb)(struct MpegEncContext *s);
+
+    /**
+     * Initialize the hwaccel private data.
+     *
+     * This will be called from ff_get_format(), after hwaccel and
+     * hwaccel_context are set and the hwaccel private data in AVCodecInternal
+     * is allocated.
+     */
+    int (*init)(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+    /**
+     * Uninitialize the hwaccel private data.
+     *
+     * This will be called from get_format() or avcodec_close(), after hwaccel
+     * and hwaccel_context are already uninitialized.
+     */
+    int (*uninit)(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+    /**
+     * Size of the private data to allocate in
+     * AVCodecInternal.hwaccel_priv_data.
+     */
+    int priv_data_size;
+
+    /**
+     * Internal hwaccel capabilities.
+     */
+    int caps_internal;
+
+    /**
+     * Fill the given hw_frames context with current codec parameters. Called
+     * from get_format. Refer to avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters() for
+     * details.
+     *
+     * This CAN be called before AVHWAccel.init is called, and you must assume
+     * that avctx->hwaccel_priv_data is invalid.
+     */
+    int (*frame_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx);
+} AVHWAccel;
+
+/**
+ * HWAccel is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental
+ * codecs
+ */
+#define AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0200
+
+/**
+ * Hardware acceleration should be used for decoding even if the codec level
+ * used is unknown or higher than the maximum supported level reported by the
+ * hardware driver.
+ *
+ * It's generally a good idea to pass this flag unless you have a specific
+ * reason not to, as hardware tends to under-report supported levels.
+ */
+#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_IGNORE_LEVEL (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Hardware acceleration can output YUV pixel formats with a different chroma
+ * sampling than 4:2:0 and/or other than 8 bits per component.
+ */
+#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_HIGH_DEPTH (1 << 1)
+
+/**
+ * Hardware acceleration should still be attempted for decoding when the
+ * codec profile does not match the reported capabilities of the hardware.
+ *
+ * For example, this can be used to try to decode baseline profile H.264
+ * streams in hardware - it will often succeed, because many streams marked
+ * as baseline profile actually conform to constrained baseline profile.
+ *
+ * @warning If the stream is actually not supported then the behaviour is
+ *          undefined, and may include returning entirely incorrect output
+ *          while indicating success.
+ */
+#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_PROFILE_MISMATCH (1 << 2)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#if FF_API_AVPICTURE
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_picture AVPicture
+ *
+ * Functions for working with AVPicture
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Picture data structure.
+ *
+ * Up to four components can be stored into it, the last component is
+ * alpha.
+ * @deprecated use AVFrame or imgutils functions instead
+ */
+typedef struct AVPicture {
+    attribute_deprecated
+    uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];    ///< pointers to the image data planes
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];     ///< number of bytes per line
+} AVPicture;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif
+
+enum AVSubtitleType {
+    SUBTITLE_NONE,
+
+    SUBTITLE_BITMAP,                ///< A bitmap, pict will be set
+
+    /**
+     * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is
+     * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations.
+     */
+    SUBTITLE_TEXT,
+
+    /**
+     * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is
+     * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations.
+     */
+    SUBTITLE_ASS,
+};
+
+#define AV_SUBTITLE_FLAG_FORCED 0x00000001
+
+typedef struct AVSubtitleRect {
+    int x;         ///< top left corner  of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+    int y;         ///< top left corner  of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+    int w;         ///< width            of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+    int h;         ///< height           of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+    int nb_colors; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set
+
+#if FF_API_AVPICTURE
+    /**
+     * @deprecated unused
+     */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    AVPicture pict;
+#endif
+    /**
+     * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle.
+     * Can be set for text/ass as well once they are rendered.
+     */
+    uint8_t *data[4];
+    int linesize[4];
+
+    enum AVSubtitleType type;
+
+    char *text;                     ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text
+
+    /**
+     * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line.
+     * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this
+     * struct.
+     */
+    char *ass;
+
+    int flags;
+} AVSubtitleRect;
+
+typedef struct AVSubtitle {
+    uint16_t format; /* 0 = graphics */
+    uint32_t start_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */
+    uint32_t end_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */
+    unsigned num_rects;
+    AVSubtitleRect **rects;
+    int64_t pts;    ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE
+} AVSubtitle;
+
+/**
+ * This struct describes the properties of an encoded stream.
+ *
+ * sizeof(AVCodecParameters) is not a part of the public ABI, this struct must
+ * be allocated with avcodec_parameters_alloc() and freed with
+ * avcodec_parameters_free().
+ */
+typedef struct AVCodecParameters {
+    /**
+     * General type of the encoded data.
+     */
+    enum AVMediaType codec_type;
+    /**
+     * Specific type of the encoded data (the codec used).
+     */
+    enum AVCodecID   codec_id;
+    /**
+     * Additional information about the codec (corresponds to the AVI FOURCC).
+     */
+    uint32_t         codec_tag;
+
+    /**
+     * Extra binary data needed for initializing the decoder, codec-dependent.
+     *
+     * Must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed by
+     * avcodec_parameters_free(). The allocated size of extradata must be at
+     * least extradata_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE, with the padding
+     * bytes zeroed.
+     */
+    uint8_t *extradata;
+    /**
+     * Size of the extradata content in bytes.
+     */
+    int      extradata_size;
+
+    /**
+     * - video: the pixel format, the value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat.
+     * - audio: the sample format, the value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat.
+     */
+    int format;
+
+    /**
+     * The average bitrate of the encoded data (in bits per second).
+     */
+    int64_t bit_rate;
+
+    /**
+     * The number of bits per sample in the codedwords.
+     *
+     * This is basically the bitrate per sample. It is mandatory for a bunch of
+     * formats to actually decode them. It's the number of bits for one sample in
+     * the actual coded bitstream.
+     *
+     * This could be for example 4 for ADPCM
+     * For PCM formats this matches bits_per_raw_sample
+     * Can be 0
+     */
+    int bits_per_coded_sample;
+
+    /**
+     * This is the number of valid bits in each output sample. If the
+     * sample format has more bits, the least significant bits are additional
+     * padding bits, which are always 0. Use right shifts to reduce the sample
+     * to its actual size. For example, audio formats with 24 bit samples will
+     * have bits_per_raw_sample set to 24, and format set to AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32.
+     * To get the original sample use "(int32_t)sample >> 8"."
+     *
+     * For ADPCM this might be 12 or 16 or similar
+     * Can be 0
+     */
+    int bits_per_raw_sample;
+
+    /**
+     * Codec-specific bitstream restrictions that the stream conforms to.
+     */
+    int profile;
+    int level;
+
+    /**
+     * Video only. The dimensions of the video frame in pixels.
+     */
+    int width;
+    int height;
+
+    /**
+     * Video only. The aspect ratio (width / height) which a single pixel
+     * should have when displayed.
+     *
+     * When the aspect ratio is unknown / undefined, the numerator should be
+     * set to 0 (the denominator may have any value).
+     */
+    AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+    /**
+     * Video only. The order of the fields in interlaced video.
+     */
+    enum AVFieldOrder                  field_order;
+
+    /**
+     * Video only. Additional colorspace characteristics.
+     */
+    enum AVColorRange                  color_range;
+    enum AVColorPrimaries              color_primaries;
+    enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
+    enum AVColorSpace                  color_space;
+    enum AVChromaLocation              chroma_location;
+
+    /**
+     * Video only. Number of delayed frames.
+     */
+    int video_delay;
+
+    /**
+     * Audio only. The channel layout bitmask. May be 0 if the channel layout is
+     * unknown or unspecified, otherwise the number of bits set must be equal to
+     * the channels field.
+     */
+    uint64_t channel_layout;
+    /**
+     * Audio only. The number of audio channels.
+     */
+    int      channels;
+    /**
+     * Audio only. The number of audio samples per second.
+     */
+    int      sample_rate;
+    /**
+     * Audio only. The number of bytes per coded audio frame, required by some
+     * formats.
+     *
+     * Corresponds to nBlockAlign in WAVEFORMATEX.
+     */
+    int      block_align;
+    /**
+     * Audio only. Audio frame size, if known. Required by some formats to be static.
+     */
+    int      frame_size;
+
+    /**
+     * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) inserted by the encoder at
+     * the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading decoded samples
+     * must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio without leading
+     * padding.
+     */
+    int initial_padding;
+    /**
+     * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to
+     * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be
+     * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original
+     * audio without any trailing padding.
+     */
+    int trailing_padding;
+    /**
+     * Audio only. Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity.
+     */
+    int seek_preroll;
+} AVCodecParameters;
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all registered codecs.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must
+ *               point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the next registered codec or NULL when the iteration is
+ *         finished
+ */
+const AVCodec *av_codec_iterate(void **opaque);
+
+#if FF_API_NEXT
+/**
+ * If c is NULL, returns the first registered codec,
+ * if c is non-NULL, returns the next registered codec after c,
+ * or NULL if c is the last one.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+AVCodec *av_codec_next(const AVCodec *c);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+unsigned avcodec_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration.
+ */
+const char *avcodec_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavcodec license.
+ */
+const char *avcodec_license(void);
+
+#if FF_API_NEXT
+/**
+ * Register the codec codec and initialize libavcodec.
+ *
+ * @warning either this function or avcodec_register_all() must be called
+ * before any other libavcodec functions.
+ *
+ * @see avcodec_register_all()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void avcodec_register(AVCodec *codec);
+
+/**
+ * Register all the codecs, parsers and bitstream filters which were enabled at
+ * configuration time. If you do not call this function you can select exactly
+ * which formats you want to support, by using the individual registration
+ * functions.
+ *
+ * @see avcodec_register
+ * @see av_register_codec_parser
+ * @see av_register_bitstream_filter
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void avcodec_register_all(void);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The
+ * resulting struct should be freed with avcodec_free_context().
+ *
+ * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults
+ *              for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2()
+ *              with a different codec.
+ *              If NULL, then the codec-specific defaults won't be initialized,
+ *              which may result in suboptimal default settings (this is
+ *              important mainly for encoders, e.g. libx264).
+ *
+ * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVCodecContext *avcodec_alloc_context3(const AVCodec *codec);
+
+/**
+ * Free the codec context and everything associated with it and write NULL to
+ * the provided pointer.
+ */
+void avcodec_free_context(AVCodecContext **avctx);
+
+#if FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS
+/**
+ * @deprecated This function should not be used, as closing and opening a codec
+ * context multiple time is not supported. A new codec context should be
+ * allocated for each new use.
+ */
+int avcodec_get_context_defaults3(AVCodecContext *s, const AVCodec *codec);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *avcodec_get_class(void);
+
+#if FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVFrame. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *avcodec_get_frame_class(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(void);
+
+/**
+ * Copy the settings of the source AVCodecContext into the destination
+ * AVCodecContext. The resulting destination codec context will be
+ * unopened, i.e. you are required to call avcodec_open2() before you
+ * can use this AVCodecContext to decode/encode video/audio data.
+ *
+ * @param dest target codec context, should be initialized with
+ *             avcodec_alloc_context3(NULL), but otherwise uninitialized
+ * @param src source codec context
+ * @return AVERROR() on error (e.g. memory allocation error), 0 on success
+ *
+ * @deprecated The semantics of this function are ill-defined and it should not
+ * be used. If you need to transfer the stream parameters from one codec context
+ * to another, use an intermediate AVCodecParameters instance and the
+ * avcodec_parameters_from_context() / avcodec_parameters_to_context()
+ * functions.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avcodec_copy_context(AVCodecContext *dest, const AVCodecContext *src);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new AVCodecParameters and set its fields to default values
+ * (unknown/invalid/0). The returned struct must be freed with
+ * avcodec_parameters_free().
+ */
+AVCodecParameters *avcodec_parameters_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVCodecParameters instance and everything associated with it and
+ * write NULL to the supplied pointer.
+ */
+void avcodec_parameters_free(AVCodecParameters **par);
+
+/**
+ * Copy the contents of src to dst. Any allocated fields in dst are freed and
+ * replaced with newly allocated duplicates of the corresponding fields in src.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int avcodec_parameters_copy(AVCodecParameters *dst, const AVCodecParameters *src);
+
+/**
+ * Fill the parameters struct based on the values from the supplied codec
+ * context. Any allocated fields in par are freed and replaced with duplicates
+ * of the corresponding fields in codec.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int avcodec_parameters_from_context(AVCodecParameters *par,
+                                    const AVCodecContext *codec);
+
+/**
+ * Fill the codec context based on the values from the supplied codec
+ * parameters. Any allocated fields in codec that have a corresponding field in
+ * par are freed and replaced with duplicates of the corresponding field in par.
+ * Fields in codec that do not have a counterpart in par are not touched.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int avcodec_parameters_to_context(AVCodecContext *codec,
+                                  const AVCodecParameters *par);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this
+ * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3().
+ *
+ * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(),
+ * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for
+ * retrieving a codec.
+ *
+ * @warning This function is not thread safe!
+ *
+ * @note Always call this function before using decoding routines (such as
+ * @ref avcodec_receive_frame()).
+ *
+ * @code
+ * avcodec_register_all();
+ * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0);
+ * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264);
+ * if (!codec)
+ *     exit(1);
+ *
+ * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec);
+ *
+ * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0)
+ *     exit(1);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param avctx The context to initialize.
+ * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been
+ *              previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or
+ *              for this context, then this parameter MUST be either NULL or
+ *              equal to the previously passed codec.
+ * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private options.
+ *                On return this object will be filled with options that were not found.
+ *
+ * @return zero on success, a negative value on error
+ * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), avcodec_find_encoder(),
+ *      av_dict_set(), av_opt_find().
+ */
+int avcodec_open2(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodec *codec, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it
+ * (but not the AVCodecContext itself).
+ *
+ * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free
+ * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() with a non-NULL
+ * codec. Subsequent calls will do nothing.
+ *
+ * @note Do not use this function. Use avcodec_free_context() to destroy a
+ * codec context (either open or closed). Opening and closing a codec context
+ * multiple times is not supported anymore -- use multiple codec contexts
+ * instead.
+ */
+int avcodec_close(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+/**
+ * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct.
+ *
+ * @param sub AVSubtitle to free.
+ */
+void avsubtitle_free(AVSubtitle *sub);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_packet
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVPacket and set its fields to default values.  The resulting
+ * struct must be freed using av_packet_free().
+ *
+ * @return An AVPacket filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ *
+ * @note this only allocates the AVPacket itself, not the data buffers. Those
+ * must be allocated through other means such as av_new_packet.
+ *
+ * @see av_new_packet
+ */
+AVPacket *av_packet_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new packet that references the same data as src.
+ *
+ * This is a shortcut for av_packet_alloc()+av_packet_ref().
+ *
+ * @return newly created AVPacket on success, NULL on error.
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_alloc
+ * @see av_packet_ref
+ */
+AVPacket *av_packet_clone(const AVPacket *src);
+
+/**
+ * Free the packet, if the packet is reference counted, it will be
+ * unreferenced first.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
+ * @note passing NULL is a no-op.
+ */
+void av_packet_free(AVPacket **pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values.
+ *
+ * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be
+ * initialized separately.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ */
+void av_init_packet(AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with
+ * default values.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size wanted payload size
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise
+ */
+int av_new_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size new size
+ */
+void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet
+ */
+int av_grow_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int grow_by);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size,
+ *        buf and destruct fields, all others are left untouched.
+ * @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this
+ *        function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying AVBuffer.
+ *        The caller may not access the data through other means.
+ * @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer
+ *        size is assumed to be size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
+ */
+int av_packet_from_data(AVPacket *pkt, uint8_t *data, int size);
+
+#if FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API
+/**
+ * @warning This is a hack - the packet memory allocation stuff is broken. The
+ * packet is allocated if it was not really allocated.
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use av_packet_ref or av_packet_make_refcounted
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_dup_packet(AVPacket *pkt);
+/**
+ * Copy packet, including contents
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use av_packet_ref
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_copy_packet(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src);
+
+/**
+ * Copy packet side data
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use av_packet_copy_props
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_copy_packet_side_data(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src);
+
+/**
+ * Free a packet.
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use av_packet_unref
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet to free
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_free_packet(AVPacket *pkt);
+#endif
+/**
+ * Allocate new information of a packet.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param type side information type
+ * @param size side information size
+ * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
+                                 int size);
+
+/**
+ * Wrap an existing array as a packet side data.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param type side information type
+ * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc()
+ *             family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to
+ *             pkt.
+ * @param size side information size
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on
+ *         failure. On failure, the packet is unchanged and the data remains
+ *         owned by the caller.
+ */
+int av_packet_add_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
+                            uint8_t *data, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param type side information type
+ * @param size new side information size
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure
+ */
+int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
+                               int size);
+
+/**
+ * Get side information from packet.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param type desired side information type
+ * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional)
+ * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(const AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
+                                 int *size);
+
+#if FF_API_MERGE_SD_API
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_packet_merge_side_data(AVPacket *pkt);
+
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_packet_split_side_data(AVPacket *pkt);
+#endif
+
+const char *av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type);
+
+/**
+ * Pack a dictionary for use in side_data.
+ *
+ * @param dict The dictionary to pack.
+ * @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data
+ * @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t *av_packet_pack_dictionary(AVDictionary *dict, int *size);
+/**
+ * Unpack a dictionary from side_data.
+ *
+ * @param data data from side_data
+ * @param size size of the data
+ * @param dict the metadata storage dictionary
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure
+ */
+int av_packet_unpack_dictionary(const uint8_t *data, int size, AVDictionary **dict);
+
+
+/**
+ * Convenience function to free all the side data stored.
+ * All the other fields stay untouched.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ */
+void av_packet_free_side_data(AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet
+ *
+ * If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the
+ * buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the
+ * data from src into it.
+ *
+ * All the other fields are copied from src.
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_unref
+ *
+ * @param dst Destination packet
+ * @param src Source packet
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ */
+int av_packet_ref(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src);
+
+/**
+ * Wipe the packet.
+ *
+ * Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the
+ * remaining packet fields to their default values.
+ *
+ * @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced.
+ */
+void av_packet_unref(AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Move every field in src to dst and reset src.
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_unref
+ *
+ * @param src Source packet, will be reset
+ * @param dst Destination packet
+ */
+void av_packet_move_ref(AVPacket *dst, AVPacket *src);
+
+/**
+ * Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst.
+ *
+ * Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields
+ * beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size)
+ *
+ * @param dst Destination packet
+ * @param src Source packet
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure.
+ */
+int av_packet_copy_props(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src);
+
+/**
+ * Ensure the data described by a given packet is reference counted.
+ *
+ * @note This function does not ensure that the reference will be writable.
+ *       Use av_packet_make_writable instead for that purpose.
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_ref
+ * @see av_packet_make_writable
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet whose data should be made reference counted.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On failure, the
+ *         packet is unchanged.
+ */
+int av_packet_make_refcounted(AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Create a writable reference for the data described by a given packet,
+ * avoiding data copy if possible.
+ *
+ * @param pkt Packet whose data should be made writable.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. On failure, the
+ *         packet is unchanged.
+ */
+int av_packet_make_writable(AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one
+ * timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be
+ * ignored.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed
+ * @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are
+ *               expressed
+ * @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be
+ *               converted
+ */
+void av_packet_rescale_ts(AVPacket *pkt, AVRational tb_src, AVRational tb_dst);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_decoding
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID.
+ *
+ * @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder
+ * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id);
+
+/**
+ * Find a registered decoder with the specified name.
+ *
+ * @param name name of the requested decoder
+ * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_buffer2(). It is made public so
+ * it can be called by custom get_buffer2() implementations for decoders without
+ * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set.
+ */
+int avcodec_default_get_buffer2(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory
+ * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal
+ * padding.
+ *
+ * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened.
+ */
+void avcodec_align_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height);
+
+/**
+ * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory
+ * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all
+ * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i].
+ *
+ * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened.
+ */
+void avcodec_align_dimensions2(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height,
+                               int linesize_align[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]);
+
+/**
+ * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position.
+ *
+ * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system
+ * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256
+ *
+ * @param xpos  horizontal chroma sample position
+ * @param ypos  vertical   chroma sample position
+ */
+int avcodec_enum_to_chroma_pos(int *xpos, int *ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos);
+
+/**
+ * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation.
+ *
+ * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system
+ * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256
+ *
+ * @param xpos  horizontal chroma sample position
+ * @param ypos  vertical   chroma sample position
+ */
+enum AVChromaLocation avcodec_chroma_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos);
+
+/**
+ * Decode the audio frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into frame.
+ *
+ * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket. Such
+ * decoders would then just decode the first frame and the return value would be
+ * less than the packet size. In this case, avcodec_decode_audio4 has to be
+ * called again with an AVPacket containing the remaining data in order to
+ * decode the second frame, etc...  Even if no frames are returned, the packet
+ * needs to be fed to the decoder with remaining data until it is completely
+ * consumed or an error occurs.
+ *
+ * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input
+ * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately
+ * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get
+ * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets
+ * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops
+ * returning samples. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not
+ * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no samples will be returned.
+ *
+ * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE
+ *          larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream
+ *          readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end.
+ *
+ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2()
+ * before packets may be fed to the decoder.
+ *
+ * @param      avctx the codec context
+ * @param[out] frame The AVFrame in which to store decoded audio samples.
+ *                   The decoder will allocate a buffer for the decoded frame by
+ *                   calling the AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback.
+ *                   When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is
+ *                   reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the
+ *                   caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref()
+ *                   when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write
+ *                   to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1.
+ *                   When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned
+ *                   reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the
+ *                   next call to this function or until closing or flushing the
+ *                   decoder. The caller may not write to it.
+ * @param[out] got_frame_ptr Zero if no frame could be decoded, otherwise it is
+ *                           non-zero. Note that this field being set to zero
+ *                           does not mean that an error has occurred. For
+ *                           decoders with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY set, no given decode
+ *                           call is guaranteed to produce a frame.
+ * @param[in]  avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer.
+ *                   At least avpkt->data and avpkt->size should be set. Some
+ *                   decoders might also require additional fields to be set.
+ * @return A negative error code is returned if an error occurred during
+ *         decoding, otherwise the number of bytes consumed from the input
+ *         AVPacket is returned.
+ *
+* @deprecated Use avcodec_send_packet() and avcodec_receive_frame().
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avcodec_decode_audio4(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame,
+                          int *got_frame_ptr, const AVPacket *avpkt);
+
+/**
+ * Decode the video frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into picture.
+ * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket, such
+ * decoders would then just decode the first frame.
+ *
+ * @warning The input buffer must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE larger than
+ * the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream readers read 32 or 64
+ * bits at once and could read over the end.
+ *
+ * @warning The end of the input buffer buf should be set to 0 to ensure that
+ * no overreading happens for damaged MPEG streams.
+ *
+ * @note Codecs which have the AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set have a delay
+ * between input and output, these need to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL,
+ * avpkt->size=0 at the end to return the remaining frames.
+ *
+ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2()
+ * before packets may be fed to the decoder.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param[out] picture The AVFrame in which the decoded video frame will be stored.
+ *             Use av_frame_alloc() to get an AVFrame. The codec will
+ *             allocate memory for the actual bitmap by calling the
+ *             AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback.
+ *             When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is
+ *             reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the
+ *             caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref()
+ *             when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write
+ *             to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1.
+ *             When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned
+ *             reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the
+ *             next call to this function or until closing or flushing the
+ *             decoder. The caller may not write to it.
+ *
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer.
+ *            You can create such packet with av_init_packet() and by then setting
+ *            data and size, some decoders might in addition need other fields like
+ *            flags&AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY. All decoders are designed to use the least
+ *            fields possible.
+ * @param[in,out] got_picture_ptr Zero if no frame could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero.
+ * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes
+ * used or zero if no frame could be decompressed.
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use avcodec_send_packet() and avcodec_receive_frame().
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avcodec_decode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *picture,
+                         int *got_picture_ptr,
+                         const AVPacket *avpkt);
+
+/**
+ * Decode a subtitle message.
+ * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used.
+ * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero.
+ * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub.
+ * Note that AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for
+ * simplicity, because the performance difference is expect to be negligible
+ * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform badly
+ * due to a potentially very different allocation pattern.
+ *
+ * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input
+ * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately
+ * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get
+ * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets
+ * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops
+ * returning subtitles. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not
+ * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no subtitles will be returned.
+ *
+ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2()
+ * before packets may be fed to the decoder.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param[out] sub The Preallocated AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle will be stored,
+ *                 must be freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set.
+ * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero.
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer.
+ */
+int avcodec_decode_subtitle2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVSubtitle *sub,
+                            int *got_sub_ptr,
+                            AVPacket *avpkt);
+
+/**
+ * Supply raw packet data as input to a decoder.
+ *
+ * Internally, this call will copy relevant AVCodecContext fields, which can
+ * influence decoding per-packet, and apply them when the packet is actually
+ * decoded. (For example AVCodecContext.skip_frame, which might direct the
+ * decoder to drop the frame contained by the packet sent with this function.)
+ *
+ * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE
+ *          larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream
+ *          readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end.
+ *
+ * @warning Do not mix this API with the legacy API (like avcodec_decode_video2())
+ *          on the same AVCodecContext. It will return unexpected results now
+ *          or in future libavcodec versions.
+ *
+ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2()
+ *       before packets may be fed to the decoder.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket. Usually, this will be a single video
+ *                  frame, or several complete audio frames.
+ *                  Ownership of the packet remains with the caller, and the
+ *                  decoder will not write to the packet. The decoder may create
+ *                  a reference to the packet data (or copy it if the packet is
+ *                  not reference-counted).
+ *                  Unlike with older APIs, the packet is always fully consumed,
+ *                  and if it contains multiple frames (e.g. some audio codecs),
+ *                  will require you to call avcodec_receive_frame() multiple
+ *                  times afterwards before you can send a new packet.
+ *                  It can be NULL (or an AVPacket with data set to NULL and
+ *                  size set to 0); in this case, it is considered a flush
+ *                  packet, which signals the end of the stream. Sending the
+ *                  first flush packet will return success. Subsequent ones are
+ *                  unnecessary and will return AVERROR_EOF. If the decoder
+ *                  still has frames buffered, it will return them after sending
+ *                  a flush packet.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code:
+ *      AVERROR(EAGAIN):   input is not accepted in the current state - user
+ *                         must read output with avcodec_receive_frame() (once
+ *                         all output is read, the packet should be resent, and
+ *                         the call will not fail with EAGAIN).
+ *      AVERROR_EOF:       the decoder has been flushed, and no new packets can
+ *                         be sent to it (also returned if more than 1 flush
+ *                         packet is sent)
+ *      AVERROR(EINVAL):   codec not opened, it is an encoder, or requires flush
+ *      AVERROR(ENOMEM):   failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar
+ *      other errors: legitimate decoding errors
+ */
+int avcodec_send_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVPacket *avpkt);
+
+/**
+ * Return decoded output data from a decoder.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param frame This will be set to a reference-counted video or audio
+ *              frame (depending on the decoder type) allocated by the
+ *              decoder. Note that the function will always call
+ *              av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else.
+ *
+ * @return
+ *      0:                 success, a frame was returned
+ *      AVERROR(EAGAIN):   output is not available in this state - user must try
+ *                         to send new input
+ *      AVERROR_EOF:       the decoder has been fully flushed, and there will be
+ *                         no more output frames
+ *      AVERROR(EINVAL):   codec not opened, or it is an encoder
+ *      other negative values: legitimate decoding errors
+ */
+int avcodec_receive_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Supply a raw video or audio frame to the encoder. Use avcodec_receive_packet()
+ * to retrieve buffered output packets.
+ *
+ * @param avctx     codec context
+ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio or video frame to be encoded.
+ *                  Ownership of the frame remains with the caller, and the
+ *                  encoder will not write to the frame. The encoder may create
+ *                  a reference to the frame data (or copy it if the frame is
+ *                  not reference-counted).
+ *                  It can be NULL, in which case it is considered a flush
+ *                  packet.  This signals the end of the stream. If the encoder
+ *                  still has packets buffered, it will return them after this
+ *                  call. Once flushing mode has been entered, additional flush
+ *                  packets are ignored, and sending frames will return
+ *                  AVERROR_EOF.
+ *
+ *                  For audio:
+ *                  If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame
+ *                  can have any number of samples.
+ *                  If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to
+ *                  avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last.
+ *                  The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size.
+ * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code:
+ *      AVERROR(EAGAIN):   input is not accepted in the current state - user
+ *                         must read output with avcodec_receive_packet() (once
+ *                         all output is read, the packet should be resent, and
+ *                         the call will not fail with EAGAIN).
+ *      AVERROR_EOF:       the encoder has been flushed, and no new frames can
+ *                         be sent to it
+ *      AVERROR(EINVAL):   codec not opened, refcounted_frames not set, it is a
+ *                         decoder, or requires flush
+ *      AVERROR(ENOMEM):   failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar
+ *      other errors: legitimate decoding errors
+ */
+int avcodec_send_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Read encoded data from the encoder.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param avpkt This will be set to a reference-counted packet allocated by the
+ *              encoder. Note that the function will always call
+ *              av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else.
+ * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code:
+ *      AVERROR(EAGAIN):   output is not available in the current state - user
+ *                         must try to send input
+ *      AVERROR_EOF:       the encoder has been fully flushed, and there will be
+ *                         no more output packets
+ *      AVERROR(EINVAL):   codec not opened, or it is an encoder
+ *      other errors: legitimate decoding errors
+ */
+int avcodec_receive_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt);
+
+/**
+ * Create and return a AVHWFramesContext with values adequate for hardware
+ * decoding. This is meant to get called from the get_format callback, and is
+ * a helper for preparing a AVHWFramesContext for AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx.
+ * This API is for decoding with certain hardware acceleration modes/APIs only.
+ *
+ * The returned AVHWFramesContext is not initialized. The caller must do this
+ * with av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+ *
+ * Calling this function is not a requirement, but makes it simpler to avoid
+ * codec or hardware API specific details when manually allocating frames.
+ *
+ * Alternatively to this, an API user can set AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx,
+ * which sets up AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx fully automatically, and makes
+ * it unnecessary to call this function or having to care about
+ * AVHWFramesContext initialization at all.
+ *
+ * There are a number of requirements for calling this function:
+ *
+ * - It must be called from get_format with the same avctx parameter that was
+ *   passed to get_format. Calling it outside of get_format is not allowed, and
+ *   can trigger undefined behavior.
+ * - The function is not always supported (see description of return values).
+ *   Even if this function returns successfully, hwaccel initialization could
+ *   fail later. (The degree to which implementations check whether the stream
+ *   is actually supported varies. Some do this check only after the user's
+ *   get_format callback returns.)
+ * - The hw_pix_fmt must be one of the choices suggested by get_format. If the
+ *   user decides to use a AVHWFramesContext prepared with this API function,
+ *   the user must return the same hw_pix_fmt from get_format.
+ * - The device_ref passed to this function must support the given hw_pix_fmt.
+ * - After calling this API function, it is the user's responsibility to
+ *   initialize the AVHWFramesContext (returned by the out_frames_ref parameter),
+ *   and to set AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx to it. If done, this must be done
+ *   before returning from get_format (this is implied by the normal
+ *   AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx API rules).
+ * - The AVHWFramesContext parameters may change every time time get_format is
+ *   called. Also, AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx is reset before get_format. So
+ *   you are inherently required to go through this process again on every
+ *   get_format call.
+ * - It is perfectly possible to call this function without actually using
+ *   the resulting AVHWFramesContext. One use-case might be trying to reuse a
+ *   previously initialized AVHWFramesContext, and calling this API function
+ *   only to test whether the required frame parameters have changed.
+ * - Fields that use dynamically allocated values of any kind must not be set
+ *   by the user unless setting them is explicitly allowed by the documentation.
+ *   If the user sets AVHWFramesContext.free and AVHWFramesContext.user_opaque,
+ *   the new free callback must call the potentially set previous free callback.
+ *   This API call may set any dynamically allocated fields, including the free
+ *   callback.
+ *
+ * The function will set at least the following fields on AVHWFramesContext
+ * (potentially more, depending on hwaccel API):
+ *
+ * - All fields set by av_hwframe_ctx_alloc().
+ * - Set the format field to hw_pix_fmt.
+ * - Set the sw_format field to the most suited and most versatile format. (An
+ *   implication is that this will prefer generic formats over opaque formats
+ *   with arbitrary restrictions, if possible.)
+ * - Set the width/height fields to the coded frame size, rounded up to the
+ *   API-specific minimum alignment.
+ * - Only _if_ the hwaccel requires a pre-allocated pool: set the initial_pool_size
+ *   field to the number of maximum reference surfaces possible with the codec,
+ *   plus 1 surface for the user to work (meaning the user can safely reference
+ *   at most 1 decoded surface at a time), plus additional buffering introduced
+ *   by frame threading. If the hwaccel does not require pre-allocation, the
+ *   field is left to 0, and the decoder will allocate new surfaces on demand
+ *   during decoding.
+ * - Possibly AVHWFramesContext.hwctx fields, depending on the underlying
+ *   hardware API.
+ *
+ * Essentially, out_frames_ref returns the same as av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(), but
+ * with basic frame parameters set.
+ *
+ * The function is stateless, and does not change the AVCodecContext or the
+ * device_ref AVHWDeviceContext.
+ *
+ * @param avctx The context which is currently calling get_format, and which
+ *              implicitly contains all state needed for filling the returned
+ *              AVHWFramesContext properly.
+ * @param device_ref A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device
+ *                   which will be used by the hardware decoder.
+ * @param hw_pix_fmt The hwaccel format you are going to return from get_format.
+ * @param out_frames_ref On success, set to a reference to an _uninitialized_
+ *                       AVHWFramesContext, created from the given device_ref.
+ *                       Fields will be set to values required for decoding.
+ *                       Not changed if an error is returned.
+ * @return zero on success, a negative value on error. The following error codes
+ *         have special semantics:
+ *      AVERROR(ENOENT): the decoder does not support this functionality. Setup
+ *                       is always manual, or it is a decoder which does not
+ *                       support setting AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx at all,
+ *                       or it is a software format.
+ *      AVERROR(EINVAL): it is known that hardware decoding is not supported for
+ *                       this configuration, or the device_ref is not supported
+ *                       for the hwaccel referenced by hw_pix_fmt.
+ */
+int avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx,
+                                     AVBufferRef *device_ref,
+                                     enum AVPixelFormat hw_pix_fmt,
+                                     AVBufferRef **out_frames_ref);
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVPictureStructure {
+    AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_UNKNOWN,      //< unknown
+    AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD,    //< coded as top field
+    AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_BOTTOM_FIELD, //< coded as bottom field
+    AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME,        //< coded as frame
+};
+
+typedef struct AVCodecParserContext {
+    void *priv_data;
+    struct AVCodecParser *parser;
+    int64_t frame_offset; /* offset of the current frame */
+    int64_t cur_offset; /* current offset
+                           (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) */
+    int64_t next_frame_offset; /* offset of the next frame */
+    /* video info */
+    int pict_type; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */
+    /**
+     * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf.
+     * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame
+     * is compared to normal frame duration.
+     *
+     * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base
+     *
+     * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material.
+     */
+    int repeat_pict; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */
+    int64_t pts;     /* pts of the current frame */
+    int64_t dts;     /* dts of the current frame */
+
+    /* private data */
+    int64_t last_pts;
+    int64_t last_dts;
+    int fetch_timestamp;
+
+#define AV_PARSER_PTS_NB 4
+    int cur_frame_start_index;
+    int64_t cur_frame_offset[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
+    int64_t cur_frame_pts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
+    int64_t cur_frame_dts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
+
+    int flags;
+#define PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES           0x0001
+#define PARSER_FLAG_ONCE                      0x0002
+/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset
+#define PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET            0x0004
+#define PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS              0x1000
+
+    int64_t offset;      ///< byte offset from starting packet start
+    int64_t cur_frame_end[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
+
+    /**
+     * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames.
+     * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag,
+     * old-style fallback using AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I picture type as key frames
+     * will be used.
+     */
+    int key_frame;
+
+#if FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION
+    /**
+     * @deprecated unused
+     */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int64_t convergence_duration;
+#endif
+
+    // Timestamp generation support:
+    /**
+     * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation.
+     *
+     * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined
+     * (default).
+     *
+     * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period
+     * SEI message.
+     */
+    int dts_sync_point;
+
+    /**
+     * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in
+     * units of AVCodecContext.time_base.
+     *
+     * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must
+     * contain a valid timestamp offset.
+     *
+     * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero
+     * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of
+     * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1.
+     *
+     * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay.
+     */
+    int dts_ref_dts_delta;
+
+    /**
+     * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base.
+     *
+     * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must
+     * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame
+     * must not lie in the past).
+     *
+     * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation
+     * time of the frame.
+     *
+     * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay.
+     */
+    int pts_dts_delta;
+
+    /**
+     * Position of the packet in file.
+     *
+     * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts
+     */
+    int64_t cur_frame_pos[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
+
+    /**
+     * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream.
+     */
+    int64_t pos;
+
+    /**
+     * Previous frame byte position.
+     */
+    int64_t last_pos;
+
+    /**
+     * Duration of the current frame.
+     * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate.
+     * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base.
+     */
+    int duration;
+
+    enum AVFieldOrder field_order;
+
+    /**
+     * Indicate whether a picture is coded as a frame, top field or bottom field.
+     *
+     * For example, H.264 field_pic_flag equal to 0 corresponds to
+     * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME. An H.264 picture with field_pic_flag
+     * equal to 1 and bottom_field_flag equal to 0 corresponds to
+     * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD.
+     */
+    enum AVPictureStructure picture_structure;
+
+    /**
+     * Picture number incremented in presentation or output order.
+     * This field may be reinitialized at the first picture of a new sequence.
+     *
+     * For example, this corresponds to H.264 PicOrderCnt.
+     */
+    int output_picture_number;
+
+    /**
+     * Dimensions of the decoded video intended for presentation.
+     */
+    int width;
+    int height;
+
+    /**
+     * Dimensions of the coded video.
+     */
+    int coded_width;
+    int coded_height;
+
+    /**
+     * The format of the coded data, corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat for video
+     * and for enum AVSampleFormat for audio.
+     *
+     * Note that a decoder can have considerable freedom in how exactly it
+     * decodes the data, so the format reported here might be different from the
+     * one returned by a decoder.
+     */
+    int format;
+} AVCodecParserContext;
+
+typedef struct AVCodecParser {
+    int codec_ids[5]; /* several codec IDs are permitted */
+    int priv_data_size;
+    int (*parser_init)(AVCodecParserContext *s);
+    /* This callback never returns an error, a negative value means that
+     * the frame start was in a previous packet. */
+    int (*parser_parse)(AVCodecParserContext *s,
+                        AVCodecContext *avctx,
+                        const uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size,
+                        const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
+    void (*parser_close)(AVCodecParserContext *s);
+    int (*split)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
+    struct AVCodecParser *next;
+} AVCodecParser;
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all registered codec parsers.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must
+ *               point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the next registered codec parser or NULL when the iteration is
+ *         finished
+ */
+const AVCodecParser *av_parser_iterate(void **opaque);
+
+attribute_deprecated
+AVCodecParser *av_parser_next(const AVCodecParser *c);
+
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_register_codec_parser(AVCodecParser *parser);
+AVCodecParserContext *av_parser_init(int codec_id);
+
+/**
+ * Parse a packet.
+ *
+ * @param s             parser context.
+ * @param avctx         codec context.
+ * @param poutbuf       set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet finished.
+ * @param poutbuf_size  set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet finished.
+ * @param buf           input buffer.
+ * @param buf_size      buffer size in bytes without the padding. I.e. the full buffer
+                        size is assumed to be buf_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE.
+                        To signal EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame
+                        can be output).
+ * @param pts           input presentation timestamp.
+ * @param dts           input decoding timestamp.
+ * @param pos           input byte position in stream.
+ * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * @code
+ *   while(in_len){
+ *       len = av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, &data, &size,
+ *                                        in_data, in_len,
+ *                                        pts, dts, pos);
+ *       in_data += len;
+ *       in_len  -= len;
+ *
+ *       if(size)
+ *          decode_frame(data, size);
+ *   }
+ * @endcode
+ */
+int av_parser_parse2(AVCodecParserContext *s,
+                     AVCodecContext *avctx,
+                     uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size,
+                     const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
+                     int64_t pts, int64_t dts,
+                     int64_t pos);
+
+/**
+ * @return 0 if the output buffer is a subset of the input, 1 if it is allocated and must be freed
+ * @deprecated use AVBitStreamFilter
+ */
+int av_parser_change(AVCodecParserContext *s,
+                     AVCodecContext *avctx,
+                     uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size,
+                     const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe);
+void av_parser_close(AVCodecParserContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_encoding
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID.
+ *
+ * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder
+ * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id);
+
+/**
+ * Find a registered encoder with the specified name.
+ *
+ * @param name name of the requested encoder
+ * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Encode a frame of audio.
+ *
+ * Takes input samples from frame and writes the next output packet, if
+ * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for
+ * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay, split, and combine input frames
+ * internally as needed.
+ *
+ * @param avctx     codec context
+ * @param avpkt     output AVPacket.
+ *                  The user can supply an output buffer by setting
+ *                  avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the
+ *                  function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not
+ *                  large enough, encoding will fail. If avpkt->data and
+ *                  avpkt->size are set, avpkt->destruct must also be set. All
+ *                  other AVPacket fields will be reset by the encoder using
+ *                  av_init_packet(). If avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will
+ *                  allocate it. The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size
+ *                  of the output packet.
+ *
+ *                  If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be
+ *                  freed using av_packet_unref().
+ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio data to be encoded.
+ *                  May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the
+ *                  AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set.
+ *                  If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame
+ *                  can have any number of samples.
+ *                  If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to
+ *                  avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last.
+ *                  The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size.
+ * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the
+ *                            output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is
+ *                            empty. If the function returns an error, the
+ *                            packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the
+ *                            value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should
+ *                            not be used.
+ * @return          0 on success, negative error code on failure
+ *
+ * @deprecated use avcodec_send_frame()/avcodec_receive_packet() instead
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avcodec_encode_audio2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt,
+                          const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Encode a frame of video.
+ *
+ * Takes input raw video data from frame and writes the next output packet, if
+ * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for
+ * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay and reorder input frames
+ * internally as needed.
+ *
+ * @param avctx     codec context
+ * @param avpkt     output AVPacket.
+ *                  The user can supply an output buffer by setting
+ *                  avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the
+ *                  function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not
+ *                  large enough, encoding will fail. All other AVPacket fields
+ *                  will be reset by the encoder using av_init_packet(). If
+ *                  avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will allocate it.
+ *                  The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size of the
+ *                  output packet. The returned data (if any) belongs to the
+ *                  caller, he is responsible for freeing it.
+ *
+ *                  If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be
+ *                  freed using av_packet_unref().
+ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw video data to be encoded.
+ *                  May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the
+ *                  AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set.
+ * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the
+ *                            output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is
+ *                            empty. If the function returns an error, the
+ *                            packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the
+ *                            value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should
+ *                            not be used.
+ * @return          0 on success, negative error code on failure
+ *
+ * @deprecated use avcodec_send_frame()/avcodec_receive_packet() instead
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avcodec_encode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt,
+                          const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr);
+
+int avcodec_encode_subtitle(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
+                            const AVSubtitle *sub);
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#if FF_API_AVPICTURE
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_picture
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated unused
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avpicture_alloc(AVPicture *picture, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated unused
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void avpicture_free(AVPicture *picture);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated use av_image_fill_arrays() instead.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avpicture_fill(AVPicture *picture, const uint8_t *ptr,
+                   enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated use av_image_copy_to_buffer() instead.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avpicture_layout(const AVPicture *src, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt,
+                     int width, int height,
+                     unsigned char *dest, int dest_size);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated use av_image_get_buffer_size() instead.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avpicture_get_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated av_image_copy() instead.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_picture_copy(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src,
+                     enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated unused
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_picture_crop(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src,
+                    enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int top_band, int left_band);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated unused
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_picture_pad(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, int height, int width, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt,
+            int padtop, int padbottom, int padleft, int padright, int *color);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ *
+ * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding
+ * (or neither).
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats
+ *
+ * Functions for working with pixel formats.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if FF_API_GETCHROMA
+/**
+ * @deprecated Use av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample
+ */
+
+attribute_deprecated
+void avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int *h_shift, int *v_shift);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the
+ * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be
+ * found.
+ */
+unsigned int avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated see av_get_pix_fmt_loss()
+ */
+int avcodec_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt,
+                             int has_alpha);
+
+/**
+ * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel
+ * format.  When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss
+ * may occur.  For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color
+ * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from
+ * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches which of
+ * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss.
+ * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the
+ * pix_fmt_list parameter.
+ *
+ *
+ * @param[in] pix_fmt_list AV_PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to choose from
+ * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
+ * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
+ * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur.
+ * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list(const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmt_list,
+                                            enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt,
+                                            int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated see av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2()
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2,
+                                            enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr);
+
+attribute_deprecated
+enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2,
+                                            enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr);
+
+enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_default_get_format(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#if FF_API_TAG_STRING
+/**
+ * Put a string representing the codec tag codec_tag in buf.
+ *
+ * @param buf       buffer to place codec tag in
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of buf
+ * @param codec_tag codec tag to assign
+ * @return the length of the string that would have been generated if
+ * enough space had been available, excluding the trailing null
+ *
+ * @deprecated see av_fourcc_make_string() and av_fourcc2str().
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+size_t av_get_codec_tag_string(char *buf, size_t buf_size, unsigned int codec_tag);
+#endif
+
+void avcodec_string(char *buf, int buf_size, AVCodecContext *enc, int encode);
+
+/**
+ * Return a name for the specified profile, if available.
+ *
+ * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile
+ * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested
+ * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+const char *av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec *codec, int profile);
+
+/**
+ * Return a name for the specified profile, if available.
+ *
+ * @param codec_id the ID of the codec to which the requested profile belongs
+ * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested
+ * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise.
+ *
+ * @note unlike av_get_profile_name(), which searches a list of profiles
+ *       supported by a specific decoder or encoder implementation, this
+ *       function searches the list of profiles from the AVCodecDescriptor
+ */
+const char *avcodec_profile_name(enum AVCodecID codec_id, int profile);
+
+int avcodec_default_execute(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2),void *arg, int *ret, int count, int size);
+int avcodec_default_execute2(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2, int, int),void *arg, int *ret, int count);
+//FIXME func typedef
+
+/**
+ * Fill AVFrame audio data and linesize pointers.
+ *
+ * The buffer buf must be a preallocated buffer with a size big enough
+ * to contain the specified samples amount. The filled AVFrame data
+ * pointers will point to this buffer.
+ *
+ * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for
+ * planar audio.
+ *
+ * @param frame       the AVFrame
+ *                    frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the
+ *                    function. This function fills in frame->data,
+ *                    frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0].
+ * @param nb_channels channel count
+ * @param sample_fmt  sample format
+ * @param buf         buffer to use for frame data
+ * @param buf_size    size of buffer
+ * @param align       plane size sample alignment (0 = default)
+ * @return            >=0 on success, negative error code on failure
+ * @todo return the size in bytes required to store the samples in
+ * case of success, at the next libavutil bump
+ */
+int avcodec_fill_audio_frame(AVFrame *frame, int nb_channels,
+                             enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, const uint8_t *buf,
+                             int buf_size, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the internal decoder state / flush internal buffers. Should be called
+ * e.g. when seeking or when switching to a different stream.
+ *
+ * @note when refcounted frames are not used (i.e. avctx->refcounted_frames is 0),
+ * this invalidates the frames previously returned from the decoder. When
+ * refcounted frames are used, the decoder just releases any references it might
+ * keep internally, but the caller's reference remains valid.
+ */
+void avcodec_flush_buffers(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+/**
+ * Return codec bits per sample.
+ *
+ * @param[in] codec_id the codec
+ * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec.
+ */
+int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
+
+/**
+ * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format.
+ * @param be  endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big,
+ *            -1 (or anything else) for native
+ * @return  AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE
+ */
+enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be);
+
+/**
+ * Return codec bits per sample.
+ * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an
+ * approximation.
+ *
+ * @param[in] codec_id the codec
+ * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec.
+ */
+int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
+
+/**
+ * Return audio frame duration.
+ *
+ * @param avctx        codec context
+ * @param frame_bytes  size of the frame, or 0 if unknown
+ * @return             frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to
+ *                     determine.
+ */
+int av_get_audio_frame_duration(AVCodecContext *avctx, int frame_bytes);
+
+/**
+ * This function is the same as av_get_audio_frame_duration(), except it works
+ * with AVCodecParameters instead of an AVCodecContext.
+ */
+int av_get_audio_frame_duration2(AVCodecParameters *par, int frame_bytes);
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_BSF
+typedef struct AVBitStreamFilterContext {
+    void *priv_data;
+    const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter;
+    AVCodecParserContext *parser;
+    struct AVBitStreamFilterContext *next;
+    /**
+     * Internal default arguments, used if NULL is passed to av_bitstream_filter_filter().
+     * Not for access by library users.
+     */
+    char *args;
+} AVBitStreamFilterContext;
+#endif
+
+typedef struct AVBSFInternal AVBSFInternal;
+
+/**
+ * The bitstream filter state.
+ *
+ * This struct must be allocated with av_bsf_alloc() and freed with
+ * av_bsf_free().
+ *
+ * The fields in the struct will only be changed (by the caller or by the
+ * filter) as described in their documentation, and are to be considered
+ * immutable otherwise.
+ */
+typedef struct AVBSFContext {
+    /**
+     * A class for logging and AVOptions
+     */
+    const AVClass *av_class;
+
+    /**
+     * The bitstream filter this context is an instance of.
+     */
+    const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter;
+
+    /**
+     * Opaque libavcodec internal data. Must not be touched by the caller in any
+     * way.
+     */
+    AVBSFInternal *internal;
+
+    /**
+     * Opaque filter-specific private data. If filter->priv_class is non-NULL,
+     * this is an AVOptions-enabled struct.
+     */
+    void *priv_data;
+
+    /**
+     * Parameters of the input stream. This field is allocated in
+     * av_bsf_alloc(), it needs to be filled by the caller before
+     * av_bsf_init().
+     */
+    AVCodecParameters *par_in;
+
+    /**
+     * Parameters of the output stream. This field is allocated in
+     * av_bsf_alloc(), it is set by the filter in av_bsf_init().
+     */
+    AVCodecParameters *par_out;
+
+    /**
+     * The timebase used for the timestamps of the input packets. Set by the
+     * caller before av_bsf_init().
+     */
+    AVRational time_base_in;
+
+    /**
+     * The timebase used for the timestamps of the output packets. Set by the
+     * filter in av_bsf_init().
+     */
+    AVRational time_base_out;
+} AVBSFContext;
+
+typedef struct AVBitStreamFilter {
+    const char *name;
+
+    /**
+     * A list of codec ids supported by the filter, terminated by
+     * AV_CODEC_ID_NONE.
+     * May be NULL, in that case the bitstream filter works with any codec id.
+     */
+    const enum AVCodecID *codec_ids;
+
+    /**
+     * A class for the private data, used to declare bitstream filter private
+     * AVOptions. This field is NULL for bitstream filters that do not declare
+     * any options.
+     *
+     * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data
+     * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavcodec generic
+     * code to this class.
+     */
+    const AVClass *priv_class;
+
+    /*****************************************************************
+     * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
+     * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and
+     * removed at will.
+     * New public fields should be added right above.
+     *****************************************************************
+     */
+
+    int priv_data_size;
+    int (*init)(AVBSFContext *ctx);
+    int (*filter)(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt);
+    void (*close)(AVBSFContext *ctx);
+} AVBitStreamFilter;
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_BSF
+/**
+ * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext)
+ * is deprecated. Use the new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext).
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_register_bitstream_filter(AVBitStreamFilter *bsf);
+/**
+ * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext)
+ * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_get_by_name(), av_bsf_alloc(), and av_bsf_init()
+ * from the new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext).
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+AVBitStreamFilterContext *av_bitstream_filter_init(const char *name);
+/**
+ * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext)
+ * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_send_packet() and av_bsf_receive_packet() from the
+ * new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext).
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_bitstream_filter_filter(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc,
+                               AVCodecContext *avctx, const char *args,
+                               uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size,
+                               const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe);
+/**
+ * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext)
+ * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_free() from the new bitstream filtering API (using
+ * AVBSFContext).
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_bitstream_filter_close(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsf);
+/**
+ * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext)
+ * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_iterate() from the new bitstream filtering API (using
+ * AVBSFContext).
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bitstream_filter_next(const AVBitStreamFilter *f);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @return a bitstream filter with the specified name or NULL if no such
+ *         bitstream filter exists.
+ */
+const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_get_by_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all registered bitstream filters.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must
+ *               point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the next registered bitstream filter or NULL when the iteration is
+ *         finished
+ */
+const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_iterate(void **opaque);
+#if FF_API_NEXT
+attribute_deprecated
+const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_next(void **opaque);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a context for a given bitstream filter. The caller must fill in the
+ * context parameters as described in the documentation and then call
+ * av_bsf_init() before sending any data to the filter.
+ *
+ * @param filter the filter for which to allocate an instance.
+ * @param ctx a pointer into which the pointer to the newly-allocated context
+ *            will be written. It must be freed with av_bsf_free() after the
+ *            filtering is done.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_bsf_alloc(const AVBitStreamFilter *filter, AVBSFContext **ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Prepare the filter for use, after all the parameters and options have been
+ * set.
+ */
+int av_bsf_init(AVBSFContext *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Submit a packet for filtering.
+ *
+ * After sending each packet, the filter must be completely drained by calling
+ * av_bsf_receive_packet() repeatedly until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or
+ * AVERROR_EOF.
+ *
+ * @param pkt the packet to filter. The bitstream filter will take ownership of
+ * the packet and reset the contents of pkt. pkt is not touched if an error occurs.
+ * This parameter may be NULL, which signals the end of the stream (i.e. no more
+ * packets will be sent). That will cause the filter to output any packets it
+ * may have buffered internally.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ */
+int av_bsf_send_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve a filtered packet.
+ *
+ * @param[out] pkt this struct will be filled with the contents of the filtered
+ *                 packet. It is owned by the caller and must be freed using
+ *                 av_packet_unref() when it is no longer needed.
+ *                 This parameter should be "clean" (i.e. freshly allocated
+ *                 with av_packet_alloc() or unreffed with av_packet_unref())
+ *                 when this function is called. If this function returns
+ *                 successfully, the contents of pkt will be completely
+ *                 overwritten by the returned data. On failure, pkt is not
+ *                 touched.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success. AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more packets need to be sent to the
+ * filter (using av_bsf_send_packet()) to get more output. AVERROR_EOF if there
+ * will be no further output from the filter. Another negative AVERROR value if
+ * an error occurs.
+ *
+ * @note one input packet may result in several output packets, so after sending
+ * a packet with av_bsf_send_packet(), this function needs to be called
+ * repeatedly until it stops returning 0. It is also possible for a filter to
+ * output fewer packets than were sent to it, so this function may return
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately after a successful av_bsf_send_packet() call.
+ */
+int av_bsf_receive_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Free a bitstream filter context and everything associated with it; write NULL
+ * into the supplied pointer.
+ */
+void av_bsf_free(AVBSFContext **ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVBSFContext. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *av_bsf_get_class(void);
+
+/**
+ * Structure for chain/list of bitstream filters.
+ * Empty list can be allocated by av_bsf_list_alloc().
+ */
+typedef struct AVBSFList AVBSFList;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate empty list of bitstream filters.
+ * The list must be later freed by av_bsf_list_free()
+ * or finalized by av_bsf_list_finalize().
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to @ref AVBSFList on success, NULL in case of failure
+ */
+AVBSFList *av_bsf_list_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Free list of bitstream filters.
+ *
+ * @param lst Pointer to pointer returned by av_bsf_list_alloc()
+ */
+void av_bsf_list_free(AVBSFList **lst);
+
+/**
+ * Append bitstream filter to the list of bitstream filters.
+ *
+ * @param lst List to append to
+ * @param bsf Filter context to be appended
+ *
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
+ */
+int av_bsf_list_append(AVBSFList *lst, AVBSFContext *bsf);
+
+/**
+ * Construct new bitstream filter context given it's name and options
+ * and append it to the list of bitstream filters.
+ *
+ * @param lst      List to append to
+ * @param bsf_name Name of the bitstream filter
+ * @param options  Options for the bitstream filter, can be set to NULL
+ *
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
+ */
+int av_bsf_list_append2(AVBSFList *lst, const char * bsf_name, AVDictionary **options);
+/**
+ * Finalize list of bitstream filters.
+ *
+ * This function will transform @ref AVBSFList to single @ref AVBSFContext,
+ * so the whole chain of bitstream filters can be treated as single filter
+ * freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc().
+ * If the call is successful, @ref AVBSFList structure is freed and lst
+ * will be set to NULL. In case of failure, caller is responsible for
+ * freeing the structure by av_bsf_list_free()
+ *
+ * @param      lst Filter list structure to be transformed
+ * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure
+ *                 representing the chain of bitstream filters
+ *
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
+ */
+int av_bsf_list_finalize(AVBSFList **lst, AVBSFContext **bsf);
+
+/**
+ * Parse string describing list of bitstream filters and create single
+ * @ref AVBSFContext describing the whole chain of bitstream filters.
+ * Resulting @ref AVBSFContext can be treated as any other @ref AVBSFContext freshly
+ * allocated by av_bsf_alloc().
+ *
+ * @param      str String describing chain of bitstream filters in format
+ *                 `bsf1[=opt1=val1:opt2=val2][,bsf2]`
+ * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure
+ *                 representing the chain of bitstream filters
+ *
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
+ */
+int av_bsf_list_parse_str(const char *str, AVBSFContext **bsf);
+
+/**
+ * Get null/pass-through bitstream filter.
+ *
+ * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to new instance of pass-through bitstream filter
+ *
+ * @return
+ */
+int av_bsf_get_null_filter(AVBSFContext **bsf);
+
+/* memory */
+
+/**
+ * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional
+ * AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will always be 0.
+ *
+ * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes
+ * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear.
+ */
+void av_fast_padded_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always
+ * be 0-initialized after call.
+ */
+void av_fast_padded_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs.
+ *
+ * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long
+ * @param v size of extradata in bytes
+ * @return number of bytes written to the buffer.
+ */
+unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char *s, unsigned int v);
+
+#if FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL
+/**
+ * Register the hardware accelerator hwaccel.
+ *
+ * @deprecated  This function doesn't do anything.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_register_hwaccel(AVHWAccel *hwaccel);
+
+/**
+ * If hwaccel is NULL, returns the first registered hardware accelerator,
+ * if hwaccel is non-NULL, returns the next registered hardware accelerator
+ * after hwaccel, or NULL if hwaccel is the last one.
+ *
+ * @deprecated  AVHWaccel structures contain no user-serviceable parts, so
+ *              this function should not be used.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+AVHWAccel *av_hwaccel_next(const AVHWAccel *hwaccel);
+#endif
+
+#if FF_API_LOCKMGR
+/**
+ * Lock operation used by lockmgr
+ *
+ * @deprecated Deprecated together with av_lockmgr_register().
+ */
+enum AVLockOp {
+  AV_LOCK_CREATE,  ///< Create a mutex
+  AV_LOCK_OBTAIN,  ///< Lock the mutex
+  AV_LOCK_RELEASE, ///< Unlock the mutex
+  AV_LOCK_DESTROY, ///< Free mutex resources
+};
+
+/**
+ * Register a user provided lock manager supporting the operations
+ * specified by AVLockOp. The "mutex" argument to the function points
+ * to a (void *) where the lockmgr should store/get a pointer to a user
+ * allocated mutex. It is NULL upon AV_LOCK_CREATE and equal to the
+ * value left by the last call for all other ops. If the lock manager is
+ * unable to perform the op then it should leave the mutex in the same
+ * state as when it was called and return a non-zero value. However,
+ * when called with AV_LOCK_DESTROY the mutex will always be assumed to
+ * have been successfully destroyed. If av_lockmgr_register succeeds
+ * it will return a non-negative value, if it fails it will return a
+ * negative value and destroy all mutex and unregister all callbacks.
+ * av_lockmgr_register is not thread-safe, it must be called from a
+ * single thread before any calls which make use of locking are used.
+ *
+ * @param cb User defined callback. av_lockmgr_register invokes calls
+ *           to this callback and the previously registered callback.
+ *           The callback will be used to create more than one mutex
+ *           each of which must be backed by its own underlying locking
+ *           mechanism (i.e. do not use a single static object to
+ *           implement your lock manager). If cb is set to NULL the
+ *           lockmgr will be unregistered.
+ *
+ * @deprecated This function does nothing, and always returns 0. Be sure to
+ *             build with thread support to get basic thread safety.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_lockmgr_register(int (*cb)(void **mutex, enum AVLockOp op));
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Get the type of the given codec.
+ */
+enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of a codec.
+ * @return  a static string identifying the codec; never NULL
+ */
+const char *avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id);
+
+/**
+ * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it
+ * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise.
+ */
+int avcodec_is_open(AVCodecContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise
+ */
+int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec *codec);
+
+/**
+ * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise
+ */
+int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec *codec);
+
+/**
+ * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists.
+ */
+const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec.
+ *
+ * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor.
+ *
+ * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor
+ */
+const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor *prev);
+
+/**
+ * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor
+ *         exists.
+ */
+const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a CPB properties structure and initialize its fields to default
+ * values.
+ *
+ * @param size if non-NULL, the size of the allocated struct will be written
+ *             here. This is useful for embedding it in side data.
+ *
+ * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
+ */
+AVCPBProperties *av_cpb_properties_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/avfft.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/avfft.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/avfft.h
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
+#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_fft
+ * FFT functions
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions
+ * @ingroup lavc_misc
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef float FFTSample;
+
+typedef struct FFTComplex {
+    FFTSample re, im;
+} FFTComplex;
+
+typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext;
+
+/**
+ * Set up a complex FFT.
+ * @param nbits           log2 of the length of the input array
+ * @param inverse         if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse
+ */
+FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse);
+
+/**
+ * Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc().
+ */
+void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
+
+/**
+ * Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The
+ * input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done.
+ */
+void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
+
+void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s);
+
+FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale);
+void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
+void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
+void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
+void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s);
+
+/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */
+
+enum RDFTransformType {
+    DFT_R2C,
+    IDFT_C2R,
+    IDFT_R2C,
+    DFT_C2R,
+};
+
+typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext;
+
+/**
+ * Set up a real FFT.
+ * @param nbits           log2 of the length of the input array
+ * @param trans           the type of transform
+ */
+RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans);
+void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
+void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s);
+
+/* Discrete Cosine Transform */
+
+typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext;
+
+enum DCTTransformType {
+    DCT_II = 0,
+    DCT_III,
+    DCT_I,
+    DST_I,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Set up DCT.
+ *
+ * @param nbits           size of the input array:
+ *                        (1 << nbits)     for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I
+ *                        (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I
+ * @param type            the type of transform
+ *
+ * @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored
+ */
+DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type);
+void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
+void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ * Video Acceleration API (shared data between FFmpeg and the video player)
+ * HW decode acceleration for MPEG-2, MPEG-4, H.264 and VC-1
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Splitted-Desktop Systems
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VAAPI_H
+#define AVCODEC_VAAPI_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi
+ * Public libavcodec VA API header.
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+#if FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi VA API Decoding
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * This structure is used to share data between the FFmpeg library and
+ * the client video application.
+ * This shall be zero-allocated and available as
+ * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. All user members can be set once
+ * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
+ * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
+ * decoding functions.
+ *
+ * Deprecated: use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx instead.
+ */
+struct attribute_deprecated vaapi_context {
+    /**
+     * Window system dependent data
+     *
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user
+     */
+    void *display;
+
+    /**
+     * Configuration ID
+     *
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user
+     */
+    uint32_t config_id;
+
+    /**
+     * Context ID (video decode pipeline)
+     *
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user
+     */
+    uint32_t context_id;
+};
+
+/* @} */
+
+#endif /* FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VAAPI_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/*
+ * The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for
+ * hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
+#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau
+ * Public libavcodec VDPAU header.
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
+ *
+ * VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules
+ * - VDPAU decoding
+ * - VDPAU presentation
+ *
+ * The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg
+ * parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding.
+ *
+ * As per the current implementation, the actual decoding
+ * and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU
+ * presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+
+#include "avcodec.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+struct AVCodecContext;
+struct AVFrame;
+
+typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext *, struct AVFrame *,
+                               const VdpPictureInfo *, uint32_t,
+                               const VdpBitstreamBuffer *);
+
+/**
+ * This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and
+ * the client video application.
+ * The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel
+ * function and make it available as
+ * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once
+ * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
+ * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
+ * decoding functions.
+ *
+ * The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not
+ * be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an
+ * AVVDPAUContext.
+ */
+typedef struct AVVDPAUContext {
+    /**
+     * VDPAU decoder handle
+     *
+     * Set by user.
+     */
+    VdpDecoder decoder;
+
+    /**
+     * VDPAU decoder render callback
+     *
+     * Set by the user.
+     */
+    VdpDecoderRender *render;
+
+    AVVDPAU_Render2 render2;
+} AVVDPAUContext;
+
+/**
+ * @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext
+ *
+ * Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI
+ */
+AVVDPAUContext *av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void);
+
+AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext *);
+void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext *, AVVDPAU_Render2);
+
+/**
+ * Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration.
+ * This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback,
+ * or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change
+ * the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent
+ * display preemption).
+ *
+ * @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes
+ * successfully.
+ *
+ * @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked
+ * @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration
+ * @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver
+ * @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDevice device,
+                          VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address, unsigned flags);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec
+ * context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration.
+ *
+ * @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a
+ * VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context().
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream
+ * @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type
+ *              (or NULL to ignore)
+ * @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width
+ *              (or NULL to ignore)
+ * @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height
+ *              (or NULL to ignore)
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpChromaType *type,
+                                    uint32_t *width, uint32_t *height);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVVDPAUContext.
+ *
+ * @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVVDPAUContext *av_vdpau_alloc_context(void);
+
+#if FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE
+/**
+ * Get a decoder profile that should be used for initializing a VDPAU decoder.
+ * Should be called from the AVCodecContext.get_format() callback.
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use av_vdpau_bind_context() instead.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream
+ * @param profile a pointer into which the result will be written on success.
+ *                The contents of profile are undefined if this function returns
+ *                an error.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success (non-negative), a negative AVERROR on failure.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_vdpau_get_profile(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDecoderProfile *profile);
+#endif
+
+/* @}*/
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/version.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/version.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H
+#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ * Libavcodec version macros.
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/version.h"
+
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR  58
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR  18
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT  AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+                                               LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
+                                               LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION      AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR,    \
+                                           LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR,    \
+                                           LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD        LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT        "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION)
+
+/**
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ *
+ * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
+ * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
+ * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
+ */
+
+#ifndef FF_API_LOWRES
+#define FF_API_LOWRES            (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_DEBUG_MV
+#define FF_API_DEBUG_MV          (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE
+#define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE    (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_CODED_FRAME
+#define FF_API_CODED_FRAME       (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT
+#define FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE
+#define FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE     (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION
+#define FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_AVPICTURE
+#define FF_API_AVPICTURE         (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API
+#define FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK
+#define FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK      (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_VBV_DELAY
+#define FF_API_VBV_DELAY         (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_CODER_TYPE
+#define FF_API_CODER_TYPE        (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_STAT_BITS
+#define FF_API_STAT_BITS         (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
+#define FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT      (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_ASS_TIMING
+#define FF_API_ASS_TIMING       (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_BSF
+#define FF_API_OLD_BSF          (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT
+#define FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT     (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS
+#define FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME
+#define FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME    (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT
+#define FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_MERGE_SD_API
+#define FF_API_MERGE_SD_API      (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_TAG_STRING
+#define FF_API_TAG_STRING        (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_GETCHROMA
+#define FF_API_GETCHROMA         (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET
+#define FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET     (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL
+#define FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_LOCKMGR
+#define FF_API_LOCKMGR (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_NEXT
+#define FF_API_NEXT              (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/attributes.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/attributes.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/attributes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
+#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#    define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y))
+#    define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y)  (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y))
+#else
+#    define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0
+#    define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y)  0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_always_inline
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+#    define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#    define av_always_inline __forceinline
+#else
+#    define av_always_inline inline
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_extern_inline
+#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__)
+#    define av_extern_inline extern inline
+#else
+#    define av_extern_inline inline
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4)
+#    define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
+#else
+#    define av_warn_unused_result
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+#    define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline))
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#    define av_noinline __declspec(noinline)
+#else
+#    define av_noinline
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define av_pure __attribute__((pure))
+#else
+#    define av_pure
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define av_const __attribute__((const))
+#else
+#    define av_const
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define av_cold __attribute__((cold))
+#else
+#    define av_cold
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__)
+#    define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten))
+#else
+#    define av_flatten
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+#    define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated))
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#    define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated)
+#else
+#    define attribute_deprecated
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Disable warnings about deprecated features
+ * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and
+ * scheduled for removal.
+ */
+#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6)
+#    define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
+        _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \
+        _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \
+        code \
+        _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop")
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#    define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
+        __pragma(warning(push)) \
+        __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \
+        code; \
+        __pragma(warning(pop))
+#else
+#    define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define av_unused __attribute__((unused))
+#else
+#    define av_unused
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it
+ * away.  This is useful for variables accessed only from inline
+ * assembler without the compiler being aware.
+ */
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define av_used __attribute__((used))
+#else
+#    define av_used
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) || defined(__clang__)
+#   define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias))
+#else
+#   define av_alias
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
+#    define av_uninit(x) x=x
+#else
+#    define av_uninit(x) x
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p
+#    define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos)))
+#else
+#    define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0
+#    define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos)
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn))
+#else
+#    define av_noreturn
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/avconfig.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/avconfig.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/avconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
+#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0
+#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/avutil.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/avutil.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/avutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu
+ * Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @mainpage
+ *
+ * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction
+ *
+ * This document describes the usage of the different libraries
+ * provided by FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library
+ * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library
+ * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library
+ * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library
+ * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library
+ * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing
+ * @li @ref lpp  "libpostproc" post processing library
+ * @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library
+ *
+ * @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility
+ *
+ * Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a
+ * major, minor and micro version number with the
+ * <em>LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO}</em> macros. The major version
+ * number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing
+ * parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor
+ * version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major
+ * new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro
+ * version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program
+ * might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously
+ * unspecified situation.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long
+ * as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols
+ * will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and
+ * values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were
+ * explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will
+ * not change.
+ *
+ * In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot
+ * should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the
+ * same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new
+ * FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program
+ * links against.
+ *
+ * However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to
+ * public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in
+ * FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented
+ * situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied
+ * by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro
+ * version number.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu libavutil
+ * Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the
+ * functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include
+ * the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using
+ * media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which
+ * brings in most of the "core" components.
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing
+ *
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_video Video related
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_misc Other
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_ver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+unsigned avutil_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release
+ * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format
+ * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code.
+ */
+const char *av_version_info(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavutil build-time configuration.
+ */
+const char *avutil_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavutil license.
+ */
+const char *avutil_license(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type
+ * @brief Media Type
+ */
+
+enum AVMediaType {
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1,  ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA,          ///< Opaque data information usually continuous
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT,    ///< Opaque data information usually sparse
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type
+ * is unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_const Constants
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific
+ *
+ * @note those definition should move to avcodec
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7
+#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1<<FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT)
+#define FF_QP2LAMBDA 118 ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda
+#define FF_LAMBDA_MAX (256*128-1)
+
+#define FF_QUALITY_SCALE FF_LAMBDA_SCALE //FIXME maybe remove
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavu_time Timestamp specific
+ *
+ * FFmpeg internal timebase and timestamp definitions
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Undefined timestamp value
+ *
+ * Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide
+ * either pts or dts.
+ */
+
+#define AV_NOPTS_VALUE          ((int64_t)UINT64_C(0x8000000000000000))
+
+/**
+ * Internal time base represented as integer
+ */
+
+#define AV_TIME_BASE            1000000
+
+/**
+ * Internal time base represented as fractional value
+ */
+
+#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q          (AVRational){1, AV_TIME_BASE}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavu_picture Image related
+ *
+ * AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVPictureType {
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I,     ///< Intra
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P,     ///< Predicted
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B,     ///< Bi-dir predicted
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S,     ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG-4
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI,    ///< Switching Intra
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP,    ///< Switching Predicted
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI,    ///< BI type
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return a single letter to describe the given picture type
+ * pict_type.
+ *
+ * @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character
+ * representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown
+ */
+char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#include "common.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "version.h"
+#include "macros.h"
+#include "mathematics.h"
+#include "log.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * Return x default pointer in case p is NULL.
+ */
+static inline void *av_x_if_null(const void *p, const void *x)
+{
+    return (void *)(intptr_t)(p ? p : x);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Compute the length of an integer list.
+ *
+ * @param elsize  size in bytes of each list element (only 1, 2, 4 or 8)
+ * @param term    list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
+ * @param list    pointer to the list
+ * @return  length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
+ */
+unsigned av_int_list_length_for_size(unsigned elsize,
+                                     const void *list, uint64_t term) av_pure;
+
+/**
+ * Compute the length of an integer list.
+ *
+ * @param term  list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
+ * @param list  pointer to the list
+ * @return  length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
+ */
+#define av_int_list_length(list, term) \
+    av_int_list_length_for_size(sizeof(*(list)), list, term)
+
+/**
+ * Open a file using a UTF-8 filename.
+ * The API of this function matches POSIX fopen(), errors are returned through
+ * errno.
+ */
+FILE *av_fopen_utf8(const char *path, const char *mode);
+
+/**
+ * Return the fractional representation of the internal time base.
+ */
+AVRational av_get_time_base_q(void);
+
+#define AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32
+
+#define av_fourcc2str(fourcc) av_fourcc_make_string((char[AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, fourcc)
+
+/**
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a FourCC (four-character
+ * code) representation.
+ *
+ * @param buf    a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE
+ * @param fourcc the fourcc to represent
+ * @return the buffer in input
+ */
+char *av_fourcc_make_string(char *buf, uint32_t fourcc);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/buffer.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/buffer.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/buffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_buffer
+ * refcounted data buffer API
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
+#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @{
+ * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers.
+ *
+ * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer
+ * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed
+ * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may
+ * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references
+ * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single
+ * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the
+ * caller directly.
+ *
+ * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single
+ * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and
+ * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing
+ * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref().
+ * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the
+ * data once all the references are freed).
+ *
+ * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the
+ * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and
+ * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is
+ * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will
+ * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary.
+ * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention,
+ * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its
+ * control.
+ *
+ * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus
+ * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for
+ * additional locking.
+ *
+ * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different
+ * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal).
+ */
+
+/**
+ * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through
+ * references (AVBufferRef).
+ */
+typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer;
+
+/**
+ * A reference to a data buffer.
+ *
+ * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant
+ * to be allocated directly.
+ */
+typedef struct AVBufferRef {
+    AVBuffer *buffer;
+
+    /**
+     * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if
+     * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case
+     * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1.
+     */
+    uint8_t *data;
+    /**
+     * Size of data in bytes.
+     */
+    int      size;
+} AVBufferRef;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc().
+ *
+ * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(int size);
+
+/**
+ * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized
+ * to zero.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(int size);
+
+/**
+ * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one
+ * reference.
+ */
+#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array.
+ *
+ * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may
+ * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from
+ * it.
+ * If this function fails, data is left untouched.
+ * @param data   data array
+ * @param size   size of data in bytes
+ * @param free   a callback for freeing this buffer's data
+ * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free
+ * @param flags  a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_*
+ *
+ * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, int size,
+                              void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data),
+                              void *opaque, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data.
+ * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called
+ * directly.
+ */
+void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer.
+ *
+ * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on
+ * failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more
+ * references to it.
+ *
+ * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return.
+ */
+void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf);
+
+/**
+ * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is
+ * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer).
+ * Return 0 otherwise.
+ * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf.
+ */
+int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create.
+ */
+void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy
+ * if possible.
+ *
+ * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left
+ *            untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is
+ *            written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched.
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
+ */
+int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf);
+
+/**
+ * Reallocate a given buffer.
+ *
+ * @param buf  a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be
+ *             unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be
+ *             written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf
+ *             may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated.
+ * @param size required new buffer size.
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
+ *
+ * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was
+ * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one
+ * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases
+ * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied.
+ */
+int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @{
+ * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers.
+ *
+ * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is
+ * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the
+ * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio
+ * frames).
+ *
+ * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the
+ * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to
+ * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new
+ * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by
+ * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is
+ * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be
+ * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls.
+ *
+ * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new
+ * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable.
+ * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed.
+ *
+ * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as
+ * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is
+ * thread-safe.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed
+ * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with
+ * av_buffer_pool_uninit().
+ */
+typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool.
+ *
+ * @param size size of each buffer in this pool
+ * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
+ * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used
+ * (av_buffer_alloc()).
+ * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(int size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(int size));
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator.
+ *
+ * @param size size of each buffer in this pool
+ * @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator
+ * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
+ *              pool is empty.
+ * @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool
+ *                  is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called
+ *                  by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool
+ *                  and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque
+ *                  data.
+ * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(int size, void *opaque,
+                                   AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, int size),
+                                   void (*pool_free)(void *opaque));
+
+/**
+ * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only
+ * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it
+ * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still
+ * in use.
+ *
+ * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL.
+ */
+void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available.
+ * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads.
+ *
+ * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
+#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * audio channel layout utility functions
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks
+ *
+ * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel.
+ * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels.
+ * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known.
+ * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels
+ * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as
+ * dual-mono.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT             0x00000001
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT            0x00000002
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER           0x00000004
+#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY          0x00000008
+#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT              0x00000010
+#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT             0x00000020
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER   0x00000040
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER  0x00000080
+#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER            0x00000100
+#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT              0x00000200
+#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT             0x00000400
+#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER             0x00000800
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT         0x00001000
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER       0x00002000
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT        0x00004000
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT          0x00008000
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER        0x00010000
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT         0x00020000
+#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT            0x20000000  ///< Stereo downmix.
+#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT           0x40000000  ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT.
+#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT              0x0000000080000000ULL
+#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT             0x0000000100000000ULL
+#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT   0x0000000200000000ULL
+#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT  0x0000000400000000ULL
+#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2        0x0000000800000000ULL
+
+/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout
+    to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output
+    to be the native codec channel order. */
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE          0x8000000000000000ULL
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts
+ * @{
+ * */
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO              (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO            (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1               (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND          (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2               (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD              (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK      (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK      (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL         (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK      (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE      (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL         (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX    (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT)
+
+enum AVMatrixEncoding {
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE,
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY,
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII,
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX,
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ,
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX,
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE,
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found.
+ *
+ * name can be one or several of the following notations,
+ * separated by '+' or '|':
+ * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0,
+ *   5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix);
+ * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC,
+ *   SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR);
+ * - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding
+ *   the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see
+ *   av_get_default_channel_layout);
+ * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the
+ *   AV_CH_* macros).
+ *
+ * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7"
+ */
+uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name.
+ *
+ * This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse
+ * unknown channel layout specifications.
+ *
+ * @param[in]  name             channel layout specification string
+ * @param[out] channel_layout   parsed channel layout (0 if unknown)
+ * @param[out] nb_channels      number of channels
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails.
+ */
+int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels);
+
+/**
+ * Return a description of a channel layout.
+ * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer
+ */
+void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
+
+struct AVBPrint;
+/**
+ * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer.
+ */
+void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Return the number of channels in the channel layout.
+ */
+int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels.
+ */
+int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels);
+
+/**
+ * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be
+ *                present in channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR
+ *         on error.
+ */
+int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout,
+                                        uint64_t channel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout.
+ */
+uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of a given channel.
+ *
+ * @return channel name on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the description of a given channel.
+ *
+ * @param channel  a channel layout with a single channel
+ * @return  channel description on success, NULL on error
+ */
+const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout.
+ *
+ * @param[in]  index   index in an internal list, starting at 0
+ * @param[out] layout  channel layout mask
+ * @param[out] name    name of the layout
+ * @return  0  if the layout exists,
+ *          <0 if index is beyond the limits
+ */
+int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout,
+                                   const char **name);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/common.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/common.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/common.h
@@ -0,0 +1,560 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * common internal and external API header
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H
+#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C)
+#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "macros.h"
+#include "version.h"
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+#   define AV_NE(be, le) (be)
+#else
+#   define AV_NE(be, le) (le)
+#endif
+
+//rounded division & shift
+#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b))
+/* assume b>0 */
+#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b))
+/* Fast a/(1<<b) rounded toward +inf. Assume a>=0 and b>=0 */
+#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \
+                                                       : ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b))
+/* Backwards compat. */
+#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT
+
+#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b))
+#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b))
+
+/**
+ * Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they
+ * are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same
+ * as with *abs()
+ * @see FFNABS()
+ */
+#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
+#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1)
+
+/**
+ * Negative Absolute value.
+ * this works for all integers of all types.
+ * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have
+ * a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior.
+ */
+#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
+
+/**
+ * Comparator.
+ * For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0
+ * if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback.
+ * Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and
+ * there is no risk of overflow with signed types.
+ * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus
+ * must not have a side-effect.
+ */
+#define FFDIFFSIGN(x,y) (((x)>(y)) - ((x)<(y)))
+
+#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c)
+#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a))
+#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c)
+
+#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0)
+#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0]))
+
+/* misc math functions */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+#   include "config.h"
+#   include "intmath.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Pull in unguarded fallback defines at the end of this file. */
+#include "common.h"
+
+#ifndef av_log2
+av_const int av_log2(unsigned v);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_log2_16bit
+av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+    if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+    if      (a < amin) return amin;
+    else if (a > amax) return amax;
+    else               return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+    if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+    if      (a < amin) return amin;
+    else if (a > amax) return amax;
+    else               return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a)
+{
+    if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31;
+    else           return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a)
+{
+    if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F;
+    else                  return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a)
+{
+    if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31;
+    else             return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a)
+{
+    if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF;
+    else                      return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a)
+{
+    if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF);
+    else                                         return (int32_t)a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range.
+ * @param  a value to clip
+ * @param  p bit position to clip at
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p)
+{
+    if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1))
+        return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1);
+    else
+        return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range.
+ * @param  a value to clip
+ * @param  p bit position to clip at
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p)
+{
+    if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return -a >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1);
+    else                   return  a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clear high bits from an unsigned integer starting with specific bit position
+ * @param  a value to clip
+ * @param  p bit position to clip at
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_mod_uintp2_c(unsigned a, unsigned p)
+{
+    return a & ((1 << p) - 1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Add two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
+ *
+ * @param  a one value
+ * @param  b another value
+ * @return sum with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b)
+{
+    return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a + b);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Add a doubled value to another value with saturation at both stages.
+ *
+ * @param  a first value
+ * @param  b value doubled and added to a
+ * @return sum sat(a + sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b)
+{
+    return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Subtract two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
+ *
+ * @param  a one value
+ * @param  b another value
+ * @return difference with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_sub32_c(int a, int b)
+{
+    return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a - b);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Subtract a doubled value from another value with saturation at both stages.
+ *
+ * @param  a first value
+ * @param  b value doubled and subtracted from a
+ * @return difference sat(a - sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_dsub32_c(int a, int b)
+{
+    return av_sat_sub32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a float value into the amin-amax range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+    if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+    if      (a < amin) return amin;
+    else if (a > amax) return amax;
+    else               return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+    if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+    if      (a < amin) return amin;
+    else if (a > amax) return amax;
+    else               return a;
+}
+
+/** Compute ceil(log2(x)).
+ * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x))
+ * @return computed ceiling of log2(x)
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x)
+{
+    return av_log2((x - 1) << 1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Count number of bits set to one in x
+ * @param x value to count bits of
+ * @return the number of bits set to one in x
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x)
+{
+    x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555;
+    x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333);
+    x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F;
+    x += x >> 8;
+    return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Count number of bits set to one in x
+ * @param x value to count bits of
+ * @return the number of bits set to one in x
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
+{
+    return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32));
+}
+
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v)
+{
+    return av_popcount(v) & 1;
+}
+
+#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24))
+#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24))
+
+/**
+ * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
+ *
+ * @param val      Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
+ * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input.
+ *                 Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently
+ *                 assigned Unicode range).  With a memory buffer
+ *                 input, this could be *ptr++.
+ * @param ERROR    Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
+ *                 typically a goto statement.
+ *
+ * @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which
+ * could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an
+ * exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order
+ * to prevent undefined results.
+ */
+#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\
+    val= (GET_BYTE);\
+    {\
+        uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\
+        if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\
+            ERROR\
+        while (val & top) {\
+            int tmp= (GET_BYTE) - 128;\
+            if(tmp>>6)\
+                ERROR\
+            val= (val<<6) + tmp;\
+            top <<= 5;\
+        }\
+        val &= (top << 1) - 1;\
+    }
+
+/**
+ * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
+ *
+ * @param val       Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
+ * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted
+ *                  to native byte order.  Evaluated one or two times.
+ * @param ERROR     Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
+ *                  typically a goto statement.
+ */
+#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\
+    val = GET_16BIT;\
+    {\
+        unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\
+        if (hi < 0x800) {\
+            val = GET_16BIT - 0xDC00;\
+            if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\
+                ERROR\
+            val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\
+        }\
+    }\
+
+/**
+ * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)
+ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long).
+ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
+ * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If
+ * val is given as a function it is executed only once.
+ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It
+ * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
+ * output by PUT_BYTE.
+ * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination.
+ * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte.
+ * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be
+ * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to
+ * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted
+ * Unicode character.
+ */
+#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\
+    {\
+        int bytes, shift;\
+        uint32_t in = val;\
+        if (in < 0x80) {\
+            tmp = in;\
+            PUT_BYTE\
+        } else {\
+            bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\
+            shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\
+            tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\
+            PUT_BYTE\
+            while (shift >= 6) {\
+                shift -= 6;\
+                tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\
+                PUT_BYTE\
+            }\
+        }\
+    }
+
+/**
+ * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)
+ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes).
+ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
+ * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If
+ * val is given as a function it is executed only once.
+ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It
+ * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
+ * output by PUT_16BIT.
+ * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination
+ * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp
+ * as the input byte.  For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;"
+ * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character.
+ */
+#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\
+    {\
+        uint32_t in = val;\
+        if (in < 0x10000) {\
+            tmp = in;\
+            PUT_16BIT\
+        } else {\
+            tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\
+            PUT_16BIT\
+            tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\
+            PUT_16BIT\
+        }\
+    }\
+
+
+
+#include "mem.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+#    include "internal.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */
+
+/*
+ * The following definitions are outside the multiple inclusion guard
+ * to ensure they are immediately available in intmath.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef av_ceil_log2
+#   define av_ceil_log2     av_ceil_log2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip
+#   define av_clip          av_clip_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip64
+#   define av_clip64        av_clip64_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uint8
+#   define av_clip_uint8    av_clip_uint8_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_int8
+#   define av_clip_int8     av_clip_int8_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uint16
+#   define av_clip_uint16   av_clip_uint16_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_int16
+#   define av_clip_int16    av_clip_int16_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipl_int32
+#   define av_clipl_int32   av_clipl_int32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_intp2
+#   define av_clip_intp2    av_clip_intp2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uintp2
+#   define av_clip_uintp2   av_clip_uintp2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_mod_uintp2
+#   define av_mod_uintp2    av_mod_uintp2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_add32
+#   define av_sat_add32     av_sat_add32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_dadd32
+#   define av_sat_dadd32    av_sat_dadd32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_sub32
+#   define av_sat_sub32     av_sat_sub32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_dsub32
+#   define av_sat_dsub32    av_sat_dsub32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipf
+#   define av_clipf         av_clipf_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipd
+#   define av_clipd         av_clipd_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_popcount
+#   define av_popcount      av_popcount_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_popcount64
+#   define av_popcount64    av_popcount64_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_parity
+#   define av_parity        av_parity_c
+#endif
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/cpu.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/cpu.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/cpu.h
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H
+#define AVUTIL_CPU_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE    0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */
+
+    /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX          0x0001 ///< standard MMX
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT       0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2         0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW        0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE          0x0008 ///< SSE functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2         0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster
+                                        ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT     0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3         0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster
+                                        ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3        0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM     0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4         0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42        0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI       0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX          0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW   0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP          0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4         0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV         0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2         0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3        0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1        0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2        0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512     0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM registers aren't used
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC      0x0001 ///< standard
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX          0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8       0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE      (1 << 0)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6        (1 << 1)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2      (1 << 2)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP          (1 << 3)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3        (1 << 4)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON         (1 << 5)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8        (1 << 6)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM       (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND       (1 <<16)
+
+/**
+ * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU.
+ * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used
+ * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to
+ * detect the enabled cpu flags.
+ */
+int av_get_cpu_flags(void);
+
+/**
+ * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags.
+ * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags.
+ */
+void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags().
+ * This function is mainly useful for testing.
+ * Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible
+ */
+attribute_deprecated void av_set_cpu_flags_mask(int mask);
+
+/**
+ * Parse CPU flags from a string.
+ *
+ * The returned flags contain the specified flags as well as related unspecified flags.
+ *
+ * This function exists only for compatibility with libav.
+ * Please use av_parse_cpu_caps() when possible.
+ * @return a combination of AV_CPU_* flags, negative on error.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_parse_cpu_flags(const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that.
+ *
+ * @return negative on error.
+ */
+int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * @return the number of logical CPU cores present.
+ */
+int av_cpu_count(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask,
+ * so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with
+ * --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through
+ *  av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not
+ *  present.
+ */
+size_t av_cpu_max_align(void);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/dict.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/dict.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/dict.h
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Public dictionary API.
+ * @deprecated
+ *  AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in
+ *  implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is
+ *  extremely slow with large dictionaries.
+ *  It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h
+ *  where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H
+#define AVUTIL_DICT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @brief Simple key:value store
+ *
+ * @{
+ * Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create
+ * an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to
+ * av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever
+ * a pointer to an AVDictionary is required.
+ * Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all
+ * entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary
+ * and all its contents.
+ *
+ @code
+   AVDictionary *d = NULL;           // "create" an empty dictionary
+   AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL;
+
+   av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry
+
+   char *k = av_strdup("key");       // if your strings are already allocated,
+   char *v = av_strdup("value");     // you can avoid copying them like this
+   av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL);
+
+   while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) {
+       <....>                             // iterate over all entries in d
+   }
+   av_dict_free(&d);
+ @endcode
+ */
+
+#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE      1   /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
+#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX   2   /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key,
+                                         ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4   /**< Take ownership of a key that's been
+                                         allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8   /**< Take ownership of a value that's been
+                                         allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16   ///< Don't overwrite existing entries.
+#define AV_DICT_APPEND         32   /**< If the entry already exists, append to it.  Note that no
+                                      delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */
+#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY       64   /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */
+
+typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry {
+    char *key;
+    char *value;
+} AVDictionaryEntry;
+
+typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Get a dictionary entry with matching key.
+ *
+ * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will
+ * cause undefined behavior.
+ *
+ * To iterate through all the dictionary entries, you can set the matching key
+ * to the null string "" and set the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag.
+ *
+ * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next.
+ *             If set to NULL the first matching element is returned.
+ * @param key matching key
+ * @param flags a collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the entry is retrieved
+ * @return found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary
+ */
+AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key,
+                               const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Get number of entries in dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param m dictionary
+ * @return  number of entries in dictionary
+ */
+int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m);
+
+/**
+ * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry.
+ *
+ * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set,
+ * these arguments will be freed on error.
+ *
+ * Warning: Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries
+ * previously returned with av_dict_get.
+ *
+ * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
+ * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
+ * @param key entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags)
+ * @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags).
+ *        Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted.
+ * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
+ */
+int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set that converts the value to a string
+ * and stores it.
+ *
+ * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error.
+ */
+int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary.
+ *
+ * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in
+ * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param key_val_sep  a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ *                     key from value
+ * @param pairs_sep    a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ *                     two pairs from each other
+ * @param flags        flags to use when adding to dictionary.
+ *                     AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL
+ *                     are ignored since the key/value tokens will always
+ *                     be duplicated.
+ * @return             0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str,
+                         const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
+                         int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another.
+ * @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL,
+ *            this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst
+ * @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct
+ * @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst
+ * @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated
+ *           by this function, callers should free the associated memory.
+ */
+int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct
+ * and all keys and values.
+ */
+void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m);
+
+/**
+ * Get dictionary entries as a string.
+ *
+ * Create a string containing dictionary's entries.
+ * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string().
+ * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\').
+ *
+ * @param[in]  m             dictionary
+ * @param[out] buffer        Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries.
+ *                           Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
+ * @param[in]  key_val_sep   character used to separate key from value
+ * @param[in]  pairs_sep     character used to separate two pairs from each other
+ * @return                   >= 0 on success, negative on error
+ * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
+ */
+int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer,
+                       const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/error.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/error.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/error.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * error code definitions
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H
+#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_error
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/* error handling */
+#if EDOM > 0
+#define AVERROR(e) (-(e))   ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions.
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value.
+#else
+/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */
+#define AVERROR(e) (e)
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (e)
+#endif
+
+#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d))
+
+#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND      FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found
+#define AVERROR_BUG                FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2
+#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small
+#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND  FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found
+#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND  FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found
+#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND  FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found
+#define AVERROR_EOF                FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file
+#define AVERROR_EXIT               FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted
+#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL           FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library
+#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND   FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found
+#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA        FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input
+#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND    FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found
+#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND   FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found
+#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME       FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome
+#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found
+
+#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND   FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found
+/**
+ * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG
+ * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value.
+ */
+#define AVERROR_BUG2               FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ')
+#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN            FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library
+#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL       (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it.
+#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED      (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED)
+#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED     (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED)
+/* HTTP & RTSP errors */
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST   FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED  FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN     FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND     FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX     FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR  FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X')
+
+#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64
+
+/**
+ * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf.
+ * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the
+ * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic
+ * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf.
+ *
+ * @param errnum      error code to describe
+ * @param errbuf      buffer to which description is written
+ * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum
+ * cannot be found
+ */
+int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size);
+
+/**
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string
+ * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum.
+ *
+ * @param errbuf         a buffer
+ * @param errbuf_size    size in bytes of errbuf
+ * @param errnum         error code to describe
+ * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description
+ * @see av_strerror()
+ */
+static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum)
+{
+    av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size);
+    return errbuf;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
+ * function arguments but never stand-alone.
+ */
+#define av_err2str(errnum) \
+    av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/frame.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/frame.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/frame.h
@@ -0,0 +1,893 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_frame
+ * reference-counted frame API
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H
+#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "buffer.h"
+#include "dict.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "samplefmt.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @{
+ * AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data.
+ */
+
+enum AVFrameSideDataType {
+    /**
+     * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN,
+    /**
+     * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions.
+     * A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data.
+     * The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC,
+    /**
+     * Stereoscopic 3d metadata.
+     * The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D,
+    /**
+     * The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING,
+    /**
+     * Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
+     * The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO,
+    /**
+     * ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
+    /**
+     * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
+     * transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct
+     * presentation.
+     *
+     * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
+    /**
+     * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified
+     * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD,
+    /**
+     * Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs
+     * flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option).
+     * The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in
+     * libavutil/motion_vector.h.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS,
+    /**
+     * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported
+     * only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec.
+     * This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES.
+     * @code
+     * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
+     * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
+     * u8    reason for start skip
+     * u8    reason for end   skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
+    /**
+     * This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to
+     * enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE,
+    /**
+     * Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
+     * an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the
+     * mastering display color volume.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA,
+    /**
+     * The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer.
+     * This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE,
+
+    /**
+     * The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in
+     * libavutil/spherical.h.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL,
+
+    /**
+     * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in
+     * the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL,
+
+    /**
+     * The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the
+     * format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the
+     * metadata key entry "name".
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE,
+
+#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
+    /**
+     * Implementation-specific description of the format of AV_FRAME_QP_TABLE_DATA.
+     * The contents of this side data are undocumented and internal; use
+     * av_frame_set_qp_table() and av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this in a
+     * meaningful way instead.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES,
+
+    /**
+     * Raw QP table data. Its format is described by
+     * AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES. Use av_frame_set_qp_table() and
+     * av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this instead.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_DATA,
+#endif
+};
+
+enum AVActiveFormatDescription {
+    AV_AFD_SAME         = 8,
+    AV_AFD_4_3          = 9,
+    AV_AFD_16_9         = 10,
+    AV_AFD_14_9         = 11,
+    AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9  = 13,
+    AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14,
+    AV_AFD_SP_4_3       = 15,
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame.
+ *
+ * sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
+ * to the end with a minor bump.
+ */
+typedef struct AVFrameSideData {
+    enum AVFrameSideDataType type;
+    uint8_t *data;
+    int      size;
+    AVDictionary *metadata;
+    AVBufferRef *buf;
+} AVFrameSideData;
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data.
+ *
+ * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only
+ * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed
+ * through other means (see below).
+ * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free().
+ *
+ * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold
+ * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a
+ * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by
+ * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it
+ * is reused again.
+ *
+ * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the
+ * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf /
+ * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at
+ * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case,
+ * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in
+ * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf.
+ * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for
+ * each plane, or anything in between.
+ *
+ * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
+ * to the end with a minor bump.
+ *
+ * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the
+ * C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass
+ * for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class()
+ */
+typedef struct AVFrame {
+#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8
+    /**
+     * pointer to the picture/channel planes.
+     * This might be different from the first allocated byte
+     *
+     * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please
+     * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read
+     * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used,
+     * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated.
+     *
+     * NOTE: Except for hwaccel formats, pointers not needed by the format
+     * MUST be set to NULL.
+     */
+    uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+    /**
+     * For video, size in bytes of each picture line.
+     * For audio, size in bytes of each plane.
+     *
+     * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel
+     * plane must be the same size.
+     *
+     * For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment
+     * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs.
+     * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without
+     * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference.
+     *
+     * @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there
+     * may be extra padding present for performance reasons.
+     */
+    int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+    /**
+     * pointers to the data planes/channels.
+     *
+     * For video, this should simply point to data[].
+     *
+     * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and
+     * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer.
+     * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0]
+     * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels.
+     *
+     * Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame,
+     * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data,
+     * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels.
+     */
+    uint8_t **extended_data;
+
+    /**
+     * @name Video dimensions
+     * Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame,
+     * i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values.
+     *
+     * @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further
+     * restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle".
+     * @{
+     */
+    int width, height;
+    /**
+     * @}
+     */
+
+    /**
+     * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame
+     */
+    int nb_samples;
+
+    /**
+     * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset
+     * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames,
+     * enum AVSampleFormat for audio)
+     */
+    int format;
+
+    /**
+     * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not
+     */
+    int key_frame;
+
+    /**
+     * Picture type of the frame.
+     */
+    enum AVPictureType pict_type;
+
+    /**
+     * Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified.
+     */
+    AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+    /**
+     * Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user).
+     */
+    int64_t pts;
+
+#if FF_API_PKT_PTS
+    /**
+     * PTS copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame.
+     * @deprecated use the pts field instead
+     */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int64_t pkt_pts;
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used)
+     * This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from
+     * only AVPacket.dts values without pts values.
+     */
+    int64_t pkt_dts;
+
+    /**
+     * picture number in bitstream order
+     */
+    int coded_picture_number;
+    /**
+     * picture number in display order
+     */
+    int display_picture_number;
+
+    /**
+     * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad))
+     */
+    int quality;
+
+    /**
+     * for some private data of the user
+     */
+    void *opaque;
+
+#if FF_API_ERROR_FRAME
+    /**
+     * @deprecated unused
+     */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed.
+     * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps)
+     */
+    int repeat_pict;
+
+    /**
+     * The content of the picture is interlaced.
+     */
+    int interlaced_frame;
+
+    /**
+     * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first.
+     */
+    int top_field_first;
+
+    /**
+     * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame.
+     */
+    int palette_has_changed;
+
+    /**
+     * reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float
+     * PTS but can be anything).
+     * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at
+     * that time,
+     * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque
+     * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque
+     * @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts
+     */
+    int64_t reordered_opaque;
+
+    /**
+     * Sample rate of the audio data.
+     */
+    int sample_rate;
+
+    /**
+     * Channel layout of the audio data.
+     */
+    uint64_t channel_layout;
+
+    /**
+     * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. If all elements of
+     * this array are NULL, then this frame is not reference counted. This array
+     * must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is non-NULL then buf[j] must
+     * also be non-NULL for all j < i.
+     *
+     * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array
+     * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than
+     * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in
+     * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the
+     * extended_buf array.
+     */
+    AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+    /**
+     * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS
+     * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which
+     * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
+     *
+     * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always
+     * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers,
+     * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
+     *
+     * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs
+     * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref().
+     */
+    AVBufferRef **extended_buf;
+    /**
+     * Number of elements in extended_buf.
+     */
+    int        nb_extended_buf;
+
+    AVFrameSideData **side_data;
+    int            nb_side_data;
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS
+ * @ingroup lavu_frame
+ * Flags describing additional frame properties.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors.
+ */
+#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT       (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output.
+ */
+#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD   (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+    /**
+     * Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags
+     */
+    int flags;
+
+    /**
+     * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+     */
+    enum AVColorRange color_range;
+
+    enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
+
+    enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
+
+    /**
+     * YUV colorspace type.
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+     */
+    enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
+
+    enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location;
+
+    /**
+     * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+     */
+    int64_t best_effort_timestamp;
+
+    /**
+     * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Read by user.
+     */
+    int64_t pkt_pos;
+
+    /**
+     * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in
+     * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Read by user.
+     */
+    int64_t pkt_duration;
+
+    /**
+     * metadata.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     */
+    AVDictionary *metadata;
+
+    /**
+     * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of
+     * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there
+     * were errors during the decoding.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+     */
+    int decode_error_flags;
+#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM   1
+#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE   2
+
+    /**
+     * number of audio channels, only used for audio.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Read by user.
+     */
+    int channels;
+
+    /**
+     * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed
+     * frame.
+     * It is set to a negative value if unknown.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+     */
+    int pkt_size;
+
+#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
+    /**
+     * QP table
+     */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int8_t *qscale_table;
+    /**
+     * QP store stride
+     */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int qstride;
+
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int qscale_type;
+
+    attribute_deprecated
+    AVBufferRef *qp_table_buf;
+#endif
+    /**
+     * For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the
+     * AVHWFramesContext describing the frame.
+     */
+    AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
+
+    /**
+     * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the
+     * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when
+     * the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new
+     * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field.
+     *
+     * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar
+     * purpose.
+     */
+    AVBufferRef *opaque_ref;
+
+    /**
+     * @anchor cropping
+     * @name Cropping
+     * Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the
+     * top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of
+     * the frame intended for presentation.
+     * @{
+     */
+    size_t crop_top;
+    size_t crop_bottom;
+    size_t crop_left;
+    size_t crop_right;
+    /**
+     * @}
+     */
+
+    /**
+     * AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library.
+     * Must not be used to transfer data between libraries.
+     * Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library.
+     *
+     * Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of the buffer ref.
+     *
+     * FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced.
+     * av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref()
+     * for the target frame's private_ref field.
+     */
+    AVBufferRef *private_ref;
+} AVFrame;
+
+#if FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET
+/**
+ * Accessors for some AVFrame fields. These used to be provided for ABI
+ * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int64_t av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void    av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
+attribute_deprecated
+int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_duration         (const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void    av_frame_set_pkt_duration         (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
+attribute_deprecated
+int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_pos              (const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void    av_frame_set_pkt_pos              (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
+attribute_deprecated
+int64_t av_frame_get_channel_layout       (const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void    av_frame_set_channel_layout       (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
+attribute_deprecated
+int     av_frame_get_channels             (const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void    av_frame_set_channels             (AVFrame *frame, int     val);
+attribute_deprecated
+int     av_frame_get_sample_rate          (const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void    av_frame_set_sample_rate          (AVFrame *frame, int     val);
+attribute_deprecated
+AVDictionary *av_frame_get_metadata       (const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void          av_frame_set_metadata       (AVFrame *frame, AVDictionary *val);
+attribute_deprecated
+int     av_frame_get_decode_error_flags   (const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void    av_frame_set_decode_error_flags   (AVFrame *frame, int     val);
+attribute_deprecated
+int     av_frame_get_pkt_size(const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void    av_frame_set_pkt_size(AVFrame *frame, int val);
+#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
+attribute_deprecated
+int8_t *av_frame_get_qp_table(AVFrame *f, int *stride, int *type);
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_frame_set_qp_table(AVFrame *f, AVBufferRef *buf, int stride, int type);
+#endif
+attribute_deprecated
+enum AVColorSpace av_frame_get_colorspace(const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void    av_frame_set_colorspace(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorSpace val);
+attribute_deprecated
+enum AVColorRange av_frame_get_color_range(const AVFrame *frame);
+attribute_deprecated
+void    av_frame_set_color_range(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorRange val);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of a colorspace.
+ * @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL.
+ */
+const char *av_get_colorspace_name(enum AVColorSpace val);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values.  The resulting
+ * struct must be freed using av_frame_free().
+ *
+ * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ *
+ * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those
+ * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or
+ * manually.
+ */
+AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it,
+ * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be
+ * unreferenced first.
+ *
+ * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
+ */
+void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame);
+
+/**
+ * Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame.
+ *
+ * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each
+ * AVBufferRef from src.
+ *
+ * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is
+ * copied.
+ *
+ * @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst),
+ *           or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this
+ *           function, or undefined behavior will occur.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
+ */
+int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new frame that references the same data as src.
+ *
+ * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref().
+ *
+ * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields.
+ */
+void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src.
+ *
+ * @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading
+ *           or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually
+ *           before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked.
+ */
+void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data.
+ *
+ * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function:
+ * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio)
+ * - width and height for video
+ * - nb_samples and channel_layout for audio
+ *
+ * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if
+ * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf.
+ * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane.
+ *
+ * @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will
+ *           leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain
+ *           cases.
+ *
+ * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers.
+ * @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be
+ *              chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly
+ *              recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ */
+int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the frame data is writable.
+ *
+ * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and
+ * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one
+ * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any
+ * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly).
+ *
+ * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable()
+ */
+int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible.
+ *
+ * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data
+ * if it is not.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ *
+ * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(),
+ * av_buffer_make_writable()
+ */
+int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Copy the frame data from src to dst.
+ *
+ * This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and
+ * allocated with the same parameters as src.
+ *
+ * This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data /
+ * extended data arrays), not any other properties.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ */
+int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst.
+ *
+ * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect
+ * the data layout in the buffers.  E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample
+ * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout.
+ * Side data is also copied.
+ */
+int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in.
+ *
+ * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data.
+ *
+ * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input
+ * frame is not valid.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane);
+
+/**
+ * Add a new side data to a frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
+ * @param type type of the added side data
+ * @param size size of the side data
+ *
+ * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error
+ */
+AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame,
+                                        enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
+                                        int size);
+
+/**
+ * Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef
+ *
+ * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
+ * @param type  the type of the added side data
+ * @param buf   an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of
+ *              the reference is transferred to the frame.
+ *
+ * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure
+ *         the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by
+ *         the caller.
+ */
+AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(AVFrame *frame,
+                                                 enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
+                                                 AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there
+ * is no side data with such type in this frame.
+ */
+AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame,
+                                        enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
+
+/**
+ * If side data of the supplied type exists in the frame, free it and remove it
+ * from the frame.
+ */
+void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
+
+
+/**
+ * Flags for frame cropping.
+ */
+enum {
+    /**
+     * Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the
+     * AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data
+     * to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior
+     * (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that
+     * are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you
+     * absolutely know what you are doing.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED     = 1 << 0,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/
+ * crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the
+ * data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0.
+ *
+ * In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent
+ * alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel
+ * formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even
+ * if the cropping was rounded or ignored.
+ *
+ * @param frame the frame which should be cropped
+ * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields
+ * were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed.
+ */
+int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * @return a string identifying the side data type
+ */
+const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,584 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
+
+#include "buffer.h"
+#include "frame.h"
+#include "log.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+
+enum AVHWDeviceType {
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC,
+};
+
+typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal;
+
+/**
+ * This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state,
+ * i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration.
+ * E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding,
+ * this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding
+ * and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be
+ * derived.
+ *
+ * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The
+ * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field
+ * points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from
+ * AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with
+ * specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the
+ * references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed,
+ * optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware
+ * state.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext {
+    /**
+     * A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc().
+     */
+    const AVClass *av_class;
+
+    /**
+     * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
+     * way by the caller.
+     */
+    AVHWDeviceInternal *internal;
+
+    /**
+     * This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access.
+     *
+     * This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed
+     * afterwards.
+     */
+    enum AVHWDeviceType type;
+
+    /**
+     * The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with
+     * this context.
+     *
+     * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
+     * corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the
+     * documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
+     *
+     * After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified
+     * by the caller.
+     */
+    void *hwctx;
+
+    /**
+     * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
+     *
+     * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
+     * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
+     *
+     * @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this
+     *       struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects
+     *       are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked.
+     */
+    void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx);
+
+    /**
+     * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
+     */
+    void *user_opaque;
+} AVHWDeviceContext;
+
+typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal;
+
+/**
+ * This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with
+ * data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are
+ * assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable.
+ *
+ * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a
+ * given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor
+ * yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext
+ * struct.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHWFramesContext {
+    /**
+     * A class for logging.
+     */
+    const AVClass *av_class;
+
+    /**
+     * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
+     * way by the caller.
+     */
+    AVHWFramesInternal *internal;
+
+    /**
+     * A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and
+     * managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive
+     * additional references from it.
+     */
+    AVBufferRef *device_ref;
+
+    /**
+     * The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to
+     * device_ref->data provided for convenience.
+     *
+     * Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     */
+    AVHWDeviceContext *device_ctx;
+
+    /**
+     * The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with
+     * this context.
+     *
+     * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
+     * corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the
+     * documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     *
+     * After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this
+     * struct should not be modified by the caller.
+     */
+    void *hwctx;
+
+    /**
+     * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     *
+     * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
+     * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
+     */
+    void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext *ctx);
+
+    /**
+     * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
+     */
+    void *user_opaque;
+
+    /**
+     * A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer().
+     * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     * The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must
+     * have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw
+     * type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before
+     * this struct's free() callback is invoked.
+     *
+     * This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool
+     * internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at
+     * fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a
+     * case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately.
+     */
+    AVBufferPool *pool;
+
+    /**
+     * Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support
+     * dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size.
+     *
+     * May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be
+     * set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools.
+     */
+    int initial_pool_size;
+
+    /**
+     * The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type.
+     *
+     * Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the
+     * AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set.
+     *
+     * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     */
+    enum AVPixelFormat format;
+
+    /**
+     * The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware
+     * frames.
+     *
+     * Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     *
+     * @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but
+     * only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully
+     * planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be
+     * AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else).
+     */
+    enum AVPixelFormat sw_format;
+
+    /**
+     * The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool.
+     *
+     * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     */
+    int width, height;
+} AVHWFramesContext;
+
+/**
+ * Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name.
+ *
+ * @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive).
+ * @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if
+ *         not found.
+ */
+enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char *name);
+
+/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType.
+ *
+ * @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType.
+ * @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type
+ *         is not valid.
+ */
+const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over supported device types.
+ *
+ * @param type AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type
+ *             returned by this function in subsequent iterations.
+ * @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or
+ *         AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more.
+ */
+enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type.
+ *
+ * @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate.
+ * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL
+ *         on failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after
+ * the context is filled with all the required information and before it is
+ * used in any way.
+ *
+ * @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
+
+/**
+ * Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it.
+ *
+ * This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers
+ * who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device
+ * manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using
+ * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
+ *
+ * The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller
+ * should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of
+ * the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be
+ * touched by the caller.
+ *
+ * @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context
+ *                   will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller
+ *                   and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer
+ *                   needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer.
+ * @param type The type of the device to create.
+ * @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open.
+ * @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in
+ *             opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller.
+ * @param flags currently unused
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef **device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type,
+                           const char *device, AVDictionary *opts, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device.
+ *
+ * If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally
+ * derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate
+ * devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the
+ * existing device of the same type as is requested.
+ *
+ * Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source
+ * device.  If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will
+ * attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in
+ * turn looking for an implemented derivation method.
+ *
+ * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created
+ *                AVHWDeviceContext.
+ * @param type    The type of the new device to create.
+ * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be
+ *                used to create the new device.
+ * @param flags   Currently unused; should be set to zero.
+ * @return        Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx,
+                                   enum AVHWDeviceType type,
+                                   AVBufferRef *src_ctx, int flags);
+
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context.
+ *
+ * @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make
+ *                   a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the
+ *                   function remains owned by the caller.
+ * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL
+ *         on failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the
+ * context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached
+ * to any frames.
+ *
+ * @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext.
+ *
+ * @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext
+ * @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with
+ *              newly allocated buffers.
+ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an
+ * AVHWFramesContext attached.
+ *
+ * If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set)
+ * must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src,
+ * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM).
+ * If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one
+ * of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst,
+ * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO)
+ *
+ * dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the
+ * data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer().
+ * If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when
+ * dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen.
+ *
+ * The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to
+ * AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support
+ * transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions
+ * (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but
+ * also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are
+ * smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the
+ * destination frame is unspecified.
+ *
+ * @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure.
+ * @param src the source frame.
+ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
+
+enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection {
+    /**
+     * Transfer the data from the queried hw frame.
+     */
+    AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM,
+
+    /**
+     * Transfer the data to the queried hw frame.
+     */
+    AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in
+ * av_hwframe_transfer_data().
+ *
+ * @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for
+ * @param dir the direction of the transfer
+ * @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here.
+ *                The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed
+ *                by the caller when no longer needed using av_free().
+ *                If this function returns successfully, the format list will
+ *                have at least one item (not counting the terminator).
+ *                On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified.
+ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx,
+                                    enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir,
+                                    enum AVPixelFormat **formats, int flags);
+
+
+/**
+ * This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to
+ * a given device with a hardware-specific configuration.  This is returned
+ * by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by
+ * av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints {
+    /**
+     * A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx,
+     * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.  This member will always be filled.
+     */
+    enum AVPixelFormat *valid_hw_formats;
+
+    /**
+     * A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx,
+     * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.  Can be NULL if this information is
+     * not known.
+     */
+    enum AVPixelFormat *valid_sw_formats;
+
+    /**
+     * The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
+     * (Zero if not known.)
+     */
+    int min_width;
+    int min_height;
+
+    /**
+     * The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
+     * (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.)
+     */
+    int max_width;
+    int max_height;
+} AVHWFramesConstraints;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device.
+ * After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific
+ * hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with
+ * av_free().
+ *
+ * @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
+ * @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on
+ *         success or NULL on failure.
+ */
+void *av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific
+ * configuration to be used with that device.  If no HW-specific
+ * configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities
+ * of the device.
+ *
+ * @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
+ * @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL
+ *        to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device.
+ * @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints
+ *         on the device, or NULL if not available.
+ */
+AVHWFramesConstraints *av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(AVBufferRef *ref,
+                                                           const void *hwconfig);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
+ *
+ * @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
+ */
+void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints **constraints);
+
+
+/**
+ * Flags to apply to frame mappings.
+ */
+enum {
+    /**
+     * The mapping must be readable.
+     */
+    AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ      = 1 << 0,
+    /**
+     * The mapping must be writeable.
+     */
+    AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE     = 1 << 1,
+    /**
+     * The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent
+     * operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded.  Any values
+     * which are not overwritten are unspecified.
+     */
+    AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2,
+    /**
+     * The mapping must be direct.  That is, there must not be any copying in
+     * the map or unmap steps.  Note that performance of direct mappings may
+     * be much lower than normal memory.
+     */
+    AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT    = 1 << 3,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Map a hardware frame.
+ *
+ * This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format
+ * and origin of the src and dst frames.  On input, src should be a usable
+ * frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created
+ * by av_frame_alloc()).  src should have an associated hwframe context, and
+ * dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context.
+ *
+ * If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst,
+ * then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to
+ * the frame that src was originally mapped from.
+ *
+ * If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function
+ * attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and
+ * then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there.  This will only be
+ * possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible -
+ * given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to
+ * create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible.
+ *
+ * If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is
+ * mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame.
+ * If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst
+ * with that format and fail if it is not possible.  If format is unset (is
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate
+ * format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context).
+ *
+ * A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not
+ * possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return
+ * values indicate that it failed somehow.
+ *
+ * @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping.
+ * @param src Source frame, to be mapped.
+ * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags.
+ * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
+
+
+/**
+ * Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing
+ * AVHWFramesContext on a different device.
+ *
+ * av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this.
+ *
+ * @param derived_frame_ctx  On success, a reference to the newly created
+ *                           AVHWFramesContext.
+ * @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new
+ *                           AVHWFramesContext on.
+ * @param source_frame_ctx   A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext
+ *                           which will be mapped to the derived context.
+ * @param flags  Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the
+ *               mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated
+ *               in the derived device.
+ * @return       Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **derived_frame_ctx,
+                                  enum AVPixelFormat format,
+                                  AVBufferRef *derived_device_ctx,
+                                  AVBufferRef *source_frame_ctx,
+                                  int flags);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/intfloat.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/intfloat.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/intfloat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
+#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+union av_intfloat32 {
+    uint32_t i;
+    float    f;
+};
+
+union av_intfloat64 {
+    uint64_t i;
+    double   f;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float.
+ */
+static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i)
+{
+    union av_intfloat32 v;
+    v.i = i;
+    return v.f;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer.
+ */
+static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f)
+{
+    union av_intfloat32 v;
+    v.f = f;
+    return v.i;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double.
+ */
+static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i)
+{
+    union av_intfloat64 v;
+    v.i = i;
+    return v.f;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer.
+ */
+static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f)
+{
+    union av_intfloat64 v;
+    v.f = f;
+    return v.i;
+}
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/log.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/log.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/log.h
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H
+#define AVUTIL_LOG_H
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+typedef enum {
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB  ///< not part of ABI/API
+}AVClassCategory;
+
+#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \
+    (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \
+     ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \
+     ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT))
+
+#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \
+    (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \
+     ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \
+     ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT))
+
+struct AVOptionRanges;
+
+/**
+ * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an
+ * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an
+ * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.).
+ */
+typedef struct AVClass {
+    /**
+     * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the
+     * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated.
+     */
+    const char* class_name;
+
+    /**
+     * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context
+     * instance ctx associated with the class.
+     */
+    const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx);
+
+    /**
+     * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL
+     *
+     * @see av_set_default_options()
+     */
+    const struct AVOption *option;
+
+    /**
+     * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created.
+     * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major
+     * version bumps everywhere.
+     */
+
+    int version;
+
+    /**
+     * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored.
+     * 0 means there is no such variable
+     */
+    int log_level_offset_offset;
+
+    /**
+     * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for
+     * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext
+     * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation
+     * could then leverage to display the parent context.
+     * The offset can be NULL.
+     */
+    int parent_log_context_offset;
+
+    /**
+     * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
+     */
+    void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev);
+
+    /**
+     * Return an AVClass corresponding to the next potential
+     * AVOptions-enabled child.
+     *
+     * The difference between child_next and this is that
+     * child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while
+     * child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children.
+     */
+    const struct AVClass* (*child_class_next)(const struct AVClass *prev);
+
+    /**
+     * Category used for visualization (like color)
+     * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class.
+     * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100)
+     */
+    AVClassCategory category;
+
+    /**
+     * Callback to return the category.
+     * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100)
+     */
+    AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx);
+
+    /**
+     * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges.
+     * available since version (52.12)
+     */
+    int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
+} AVClass;
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_log
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Print no output.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_QUIET    -8
+
+/**
+ * Something went really wrong and we will crash now.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_PANIC     0
+
+/**
+ * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible.
+ * For example, no header was found for a format which depends
+ * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_FATAL     8
+
+/**
+ * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered.
+ * However, not all future data is affected.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_ERROR    16
+
+/**
+ * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not
+ * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_WARNING  24
+
+/**
+ * Standard information.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_INFO     32
+
+/**
+ * Detailed information.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE  40
+
+/**
+ * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_DEBUG    48
+
+/**
+ * Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_TRACE    56
+
+#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions.
+ * @code
+   av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n");
+   @endcode
+ * Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not
+ * recommended.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8)
+
+/**
+ * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
+ * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
+ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
+ * function.
+ * @see av_log_set_callback
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ *        pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ *        lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ *        subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ */
+void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
+
+
+/**
+ * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
+ * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
+ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
+ * function.
+ * @see av_log_set_callback
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ *        pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ *        lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ *        subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
+ */
+void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current log level
+ *
+ * @see lavu_log_constants
+ *
+ * @return Current log level
+ */
+int av_log_get_level(void);
+
+/**
+ * Set the log level
+ *
+ * @see lavu_log_constants
+ *
+ * @param level Logging level
+ */
+void av_log_set_level(int level);
+
+/**
+ * Set the logging callback
+ *
+ * @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use
+ *       threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded.
+ *
+ * @see av_log_default_callback
+ *
+ * @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature.
+ */
+void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list));
+
+/**
+ * Default logging callback
+ *
+ * It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it.
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ *        pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ *        lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ *        subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
+ */
+void av_log_default_callback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt,
+                             va_list vl);
+
+/**
+ * Return the context name
+ *
+ * @param  ctx The AVClass context
+ *
+ * @return The AVClass class_name
+ */
+const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx);
+AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
+ * @param line          buffer to receive the formatted line
+ * @param line_size     size of the buffer
+ * @param print_prefix  used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
+ *                      must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
+ */
+void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
+                        char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
+
+/**
+ * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
+ * @param line          buffer to receive the formatted line;
+ *                      may be NULL if line_size is 0
+ * @param line_size     size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will
+ *                      be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator
+ * @param print_prefix  used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
+ *                      must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
+ * @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns
+ *         the number of characters that would have been written for a
+ *         sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null
+ *         character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means
+ *         that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer.
+ */
+int av_log_format_line2(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
+                        char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
+
+/**
+ * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of
+ * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to
+ * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some
+ * bad luck.
+ * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must
+ * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1
+
+/**
+ * Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs.
+ *
+ * Results in messages such as:
+ * [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2
+
+void av_log_set_flags(int arg);
+int av_log_get_flags(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/macros.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/macros.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/macros.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu
+ * Utility Preprocessor macros
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H
+#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
+ *
+ * String manipulation macros
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AV_STRINGIFY(s)         AV_TOSTRING(s)
+#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s
+
+#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b
+#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s)
+
+#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1))
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/mathematics.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/mathematics.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/mathematics.h
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @addtogroup lavu_math
+ * Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
+#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "intfloat.h"
+
+#ifndef M_E
+#define M_E            2.7182818284590452354   /* e */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_LN2
+#define M_LN2          0.69314718055994530942  /* log_e 2 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_LN10
+#define M_LN10         2.30258509299404568402  /* log_e 10 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_LOG2_10
+#define M_LOG2_10      3.32192809488736234787  /* log_2 10 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_PHI
+#define M_PHI          1.61803398874989484820   /* phi / golden ratio */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_PI
+#define M_PI           3.14159265358979323846  /* pi */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_PI_2
+#define M_PI_2         1.57079632679489661923  /* pi/2 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_SQRT1_2
+#define M_SQRT1_2      0.70710678118654752440  /* 1/sqrt(2) */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_SQRT2
+#define M_SQRT2        1.41421356237309504880  /* sqrt(2) */
+#endif
+#ifndef NAN
+#define NAN            av_int2float(0x7fc00000)
+#endif
+#ifndef INFINITY
+#define INFINITY       av_int2float(0x7f800000)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_math
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Rounding methods.
+ */
+enum AVRounding {
+    AV_ROUND_ZERO     = 0, ///< Round toward zero.
+    AV_ROUND_INF      = 1, ///< Round away from zero.
+    AV_ROUND_DOWN     = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity.
+    AV_ROUND_UP       = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity.
+    AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero.
+    /**
+     * Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through
+     * unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
+     *
+     * Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a
+     * bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the
+     * enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal
+     * cases.
+     *
+     * @code{.c}
+     * av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
+     * // Rescaling 3:
+     * //     Calculating 3 * 1 / 2
+     * //     3 / 2 is rounded up to 2
+     * //     => 2
+     *
+     * av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
+     * // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE:
+     * //     AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN
+     * //     AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through
+     * //     => AV_NOPTS_VALUE
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands.
+ *
+ * @param a,b Operands
+ * @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0;
+ * if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0.
+ */
+int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b);
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest.
+ *
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
+ * directly can overflow.
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
+ *
+ * @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding.
+ *
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
+ * directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods.
+ *
+ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers.
+ *
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
+ *
+ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding.
+ *
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
+ *
+ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q()
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq,
+                         enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Compare two timestamps each in its own time base.
+ *
+ * @return One of the following values:
+ *         - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b`
+ *         - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b`
+ *         - 0 if they represent the same position
+ *
+ * @warning
+ * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside
+ * the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase.
+ */
+int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b);
+
+/**
+ * Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor.
+ *
+ * In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers
+ * `a` and `b`.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10  (0x1) < 0x02 % 0x10  (0x2)
+ * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02)
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param a,b Operands
+ * @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2
+ * @return
+ *         - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod`
+ *         - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod`
+ *         - zero             if `a % mod == b % mod`
+ */
+int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod);
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations.
+ *
+ * This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input
+ * timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q()
+ * call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations.
+ *
+ * The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all
+ * subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be
+ * initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
+ *
+ * @param[in]     in_tb    Input time base
+ * @param[in]     in_ts    Input timestamp
+ * @param[in]     fs_tb    Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained
+ *                         (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb`
+ * @param[in]     duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e.
+ *                         duration of the current packet/frame)
+ * @param[in,out] last     Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of
+ *                         `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable
+ * @param[in]     out_tb   Output timebase
+ * @return        Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb`
+ *
+ * @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not
+ *       seconds.
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts,  AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb);
+
+/**
+ * Add a value to a timestamp.
+ *
+ * This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that
+ * no accumulation of rounding errors occurs.
+ *
+ * @param[in] ts     Input timestamp
+ * @param[in] ts_tb  Input timestamp time base
+ * @param[in] inc    Value to be added
+ * @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc`
+ */
+int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc);
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/mem.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/mem.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/mem.h
@@ -0,0 +1,700 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_mem
+ * Memory handling functions
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H
+#define AVUTIL_MEM_H
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "avutil.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_mem
+ * Utilities for manipulating memory.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical
+ * program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and
+ * encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory.
+ *
+ * However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a
+ * recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for
+ * instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and
+ * compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make
+ * dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms.
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_macros Alignment Macros
+ * Helper macros for declaring aligned variables.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @def DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
+ * Declare a variable that is aligned in memory.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, uint16_t, aligned_int) = 42;
+ * DECLARE_ALIGNED(32, uint8_t, aligned_array)[128];
+ *
+ * // The default-alignment equivalent would be
+ * uint16_t aligned_int = 42;
+ * uint8_t aligned_array[128];
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
+ * @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
+ * @param v Name of the variable
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @def DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
+ * Declare an aligned variable appropriate for use in inline assembly code.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
+ * @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
+ * @param v Name of the variable
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @def DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)
+ * Declare a static constant aligned variable appropriate for use in inline
+ * assembly code.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * DECLARE_ASM_CONST(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
+ * @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
+ * @param v Name of the variable
+ */
+
+#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C)
+    #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)      t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)  t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)    const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+#elif defined(__DJGPP__)
+    #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)      t __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)  t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)    static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+    #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)      t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)  t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)    static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+    #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)      __declspec(align(n)) t v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)  __declspec(align(n)) t v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)    __declspec(align(n)) static const t v
+#else
+    #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)      t v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)  t v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)    static const t v
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes
+ * Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions.
+ *
+ * These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or
+ * generate better code.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @def av_malloc_attrib
+ * Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function.
+ *
+ * @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007bmalloc_007d-function-attribute-3251">Function attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation</a>
+ */
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+    #define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__))
+#else
+    #define av_malloc_attrib
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @def av_alloc_size(...)
+ * Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is
+ * given by the specified parameter(s).
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1);
+ * void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma
+ *
+ * @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007balloc_005fsize_007d-function-attribute-3220">Function attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation</a>
+ */
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
+    #define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__)))
+#else
+    #define av_alloc_size(...)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management
+ * Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory.
+ *
+ * All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX`
+ * bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme
+ * caution when doing so.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
+ * (including vectors if available on the CPU).
+ *
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
+ *         be allocated
+ * @see av_mallocz()
+ */
+void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
+ * (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the
+ * block.
+ *
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated
+ * @see av_malloc()
+ */
+void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc().
+ *
+ * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
+ *
+ * @param nmemb Number of element
+ * @param size  Size of a single element
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
+ *         be allocated
+ * @see av_malloc()
+ */
+av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz().
+ *
+ * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
+ *
+ * @param nmemb Number of elements
+ * @param size  Size of the single element
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
+ *         be allocated
+ *
+ * @see av_mallocz()
+ * @see av_malloc_array()
+ */
+av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Non-inlined equivalent of av_mallocz_array().
+ *
+ * Created for symmetry with the calloc() C function.
+ */
+void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
+ *
+ * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is
+ * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. Otherwise, expand or
+ * shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
+ *
+ * @param ptr  Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
+ *             av_realloc() or `NULL`
+ * @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or
+ *             reallocated
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block
+ *         cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block
+ *
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be
+ *          correctly aligned.
+ * @see av_fast_realloc()
+ * @see av_reallocp()
+ */
+void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a
+ * pointer.
+ *
+ * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is
+ * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or
+ * shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr  Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated
+ *                     with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer
+ *                     is updated on success, or freed on failure.
+ * @param[in]     size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or
+ *                     reallocated
+ *
+ * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
+ *
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
+ *          correctly aligned.
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
+ *
+ * This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except:
+ * - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes,
+ *   after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow.
+ * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory
+ *   leak with the classic
+ *   @code{.c}
+ *   buf = realloc(buf);
+ *   if (!buf)
+ *       return -1;
+ *   @endcode
+ *   pattern.
+ */
+void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array.
+ *
+ * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If
+ * `nmemb` is zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`.
+ *
+ * @param ptr   Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
+ *              av_realloc() or `NULL`
+ * @param nmemb Number of elements in the array
+ * @param size  Size of the single element of the array
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block
+ *         cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block
+ *
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
+ *          correctly aligned.
+ * @see av_reallocp_array()
+ */
+av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array through a pointer to a pointer.
+ *
+ * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If `nmemb` is
+ * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr   Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already
+ *                      allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`.
+ *                      The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure.
+ * @param[in]     nmemb Number of elements
+ * @param[in]     size  Size of the single element
+ *
+ * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
+ *
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
+ *          correctly aligned.
+ */
+av_alloc_size(2, 3) int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing.
+ *
+ * If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated.
+ *
+ * If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is
+ * returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or
+ * freed.
+ *
+ * A typical use pattern follows:
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * uint8_t *buf = ...;
+ * uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, &current_size, size_needed);
+ * if (!new_buf) {
+ *     // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer
+ *     av_freep(&buf);
+ *     return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr      Already allocated buffer, or `NULL`
+ * @param[in,out] size     Pointer to current size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is
+ *                         changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in
+ *                         case of failure
+ * @param[in]     min_size New size of buffer `ptr`
+ * @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated
+ *         buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of
+ *         error
+ * @see av_realloc()
+ * @see av_fast_malloc()
+ */
+void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
+ *
+ * Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be
+ * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to
+ * avoid memleaks is necessary.
+ *
+ * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
+ * `size_needed` is greater than 0.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * uint8_t *buf = ...;
+ * av_fast_malloc(&buf, &current_size, size_needed);
+ * if (!buf) {
+ *     // Allocation failed; buf already freed
+ *     return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr      Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
+ *                         `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
+ *                         buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
+ * @param[in,out] size     Pointer to current size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
+ *                         changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in
+ *                         case of failure
+ * @param[in]     min_size New size of buffer `*ptr`
+ * @see av_realloc()
+ * @see av_fast_mallocz()
+ */
+void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
+ *
+ * Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared.
+ * Reused buffer is not cleared.
+ *
+ * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
+ * `size_needed` is greater than 0.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr      Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
+ *                         `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
+ *                         buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
+ * @param[in,out] size     Pointer to current size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
+ *                         changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in
+ *                         case of failure
+ * @param[in]     min_size New size of buffer `*ptr`
+ * @see av_fast_malloc()
+ */
+void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
+ * or av_realloc() family.
+ *
+ * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed.
+ *
+ * @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed.
+ * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving
+ *       behind dangling pointers.
+ * @see av_freep()
+ */
+void av_free(void *ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
+ * or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
+ * av_free(buf);
+ * // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental
+ * // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a
+ * // security risk.
+ *
+ * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
+ * av_freep(&buf);
+ * // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a
+ * // NULL-pointer dereference.
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed
+ * @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action.
+ * @see av_free()
+ */
+void av_freep(void *ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate a string.
+ *
+ * @param s String to be duplicated
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
+ *         copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
+ * @see av_strndup()
+ */
+char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib;
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate a substring of a string.
+ *
+ * @param s   String to be duplicated
+ * @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the
+ *            terminating byte)
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
+ *         substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
+ */
+char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib;
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc().
+ *
+ * @param p    Buffer to be duplicated
+ * @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied
+ * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a
+ *         copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated
+ */
+void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Overlapping memcpy() implementation.
+ *
+ * @param dst  Destination buffer
+ * @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of
+ *             the overlapping window); must be > 0
+ * @param cnt  Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0
+ *
+ * @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied,
+ *       thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`.
+ */
+void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array
+ *
+ * Utilities to make an array grow when needed.
+ *
+ * Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when
+ * needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need.
+ *
+ * libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically
+ * allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the
+ * array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the
+ * caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of
+ * the array, as well as freeing of the array after use.
+ *
+ * The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically
+ * allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need
+ * to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and
+ * av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system.
+ *
+ * @code
+ * type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values
+ * int    nb    = 0;    //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
+ *
+ * type to_be_added  = ...;
+ * type to_be_added2 = ...;
+ *
+ * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added);
+ * if (nb == 0)
+ *     return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ *
+ * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2);
+ * if (nb == 0)
+ *     return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ *
+ * // Now:
+ * //  nb           == 2
+ * // &to_be_added  == array[0]
+ * // &to_be_added2 == array[1]
+ *
+ * av_freep(&array);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a
+ * result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add()
+ * implements this mechanism.
+ *
+ * @code
+ * type *array = NULL; //< an array of values
+ * int   nb    = 0;    //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
+ *
+ * type to_be_added  = ...;
+ * type to_be_added2 = ...;
+ *
+ * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL);
+ * if (!addr)
+ *     return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ * memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added));
+ *
+ * // Shortcut of the above.
+ * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array),
+ *                               (const void *)&to_be_added2);
+ * if (!addr)
+ *     return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ *
+ * // Now:
+ * //  nb           == 2
+ * //  to_be_added  == array[0]
+ * //  to_be_added2 == array[1]
+ *
+ * av_freep(&array);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array.
+ *
+ * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to
+ * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already
+ * allocated structure.
+ *
+ * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2.
+ * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
+ *
+ * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
+ * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
+ * is incremented.
+ * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
+ * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow
+ * @param[in,out] nb_ptr  Pointer to the number of elements in the array
+ * @param[in]     elem    Element to add
+ * @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add()
+ */
+void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
+
+/**
+ * Add an element to a dynamic array.
+ *
+ * Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(),
+ * but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code
+ * instead and leave current buffer untouched.
+ *
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise
+ * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add()
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
+
+/**
+ * Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array.
+ *
+ * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2.
+ * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
+ *
+ * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
+ * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
+ * is incremented.
+ * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
+ * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] tab_ptr   Pointer to the array to grow
+ * @param[in,out] nb_ptr    Pointer to the number of elements in the array
+ * @param[in]     elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array
+ * @param[in]     elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If
+ *                          `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is
+ *                          allocated but left uninitialized.
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated
+ *         space
+ * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree()
+ */
+void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size,
+                       const uint8_t *elem_data);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions
+ *
+ * Other functions related to memory allocation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow.
+ *
+ * @param[in]  a,b Operands of multiplication
+ * @param[out] r   Pointer to the result of the operation
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow
+ */
+static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r)
+{
+    size_t t = a * b;
+    /* Hack inspired from glibc: don't try the division if nelem and elsize
+     * are both less than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */
+    if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b)
+        return AVERROR(EINVAL);
+    *r = t;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block.
+ *
+ * The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref
+ * lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions."
+ *
+ * By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`.
+ *
+ * @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size
+ *
+ * @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch
+ *          this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so.
+ */
+void av_max_alloc(size_t max);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,529 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
+#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * pixel format definitions
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024
+#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256
+
+/**
+ * Pixel format.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA
+ * color is put together as:
+ *  (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B
+ * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on
+ * big-endian CPUs.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized
+ * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in
+ * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is
+ * formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is
+ * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette
+ * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255.
+ * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed
+ * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like
+ * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function
+ * allocating the picture.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat {
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1,
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P,   ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422,   ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24,     ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB...
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24,     ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR...
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P,   ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P,   ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P,   ///< planar YUV 4:1:0,  9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P,   ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8,     ///<        Y        ,  8bpp
+    AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///<        Y        ,  1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
+    AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///<        Y        ,  1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
+    AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8,      ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range
+    AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422,   ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1
+    AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8,      ///< packed RGB 3:3:2,  8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4,      ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream,  4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1,  8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8,      ///< packed RGB 3:3:2,  8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4,      ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream,  4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1,  8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NV12,      ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NV21,      ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB,      ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB...
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA,      ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA...
+    AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR,      ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR...
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA,      ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA...
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE,  ///<        Y        , 16bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE,  ///<        Y        , 16bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P,   ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE,   ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE,   ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE,  ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb)   5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE,  ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb)   5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE,  ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian   , X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE,  ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE,  ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb)   5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE,  ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb)   5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE,  ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian   , X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE,  ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+
+#if FF_API_VAAPI
+    /** @name Deprecated pixel formats */
+    /**@{*/
+    AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers
+    AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers
+    AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD,  ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a VASurfaceID
+    /**@}*/
+    AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI = AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD,
+#else
+    /**
+     *  Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a
+     *  VASurfaceID.
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI,
+#endif
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD,    ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE,  ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE,  ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian,    X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE,  ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE,  ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian,    X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YA8,       ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE,   ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE,   ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
+
+    /**
+     * The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth.
+     * Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding.
+     * If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better.
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP,      ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE,   ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE,   ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU,     ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE,      ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
+    AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE,      ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NV16,         ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE,       ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE,       ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE,     ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE,     ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE,     ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE,     ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422,   ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE,       ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE,       ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian)
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP,        ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE,    ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE,    ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian
+    /**
+     *  HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the
+     *  mfxFrameSurface1 structure.
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_QSV,
+    /**
+     * HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the
+     * MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure.
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL,
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD,  ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer
+
+    /**
+     * HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers
+     * exactly as for system memory frames.
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA,
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB,        ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB...   X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0,        ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX...   X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR,        ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR...   X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0,        ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX...   X=unused/undefined
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE,    ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE,    ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE,    ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE,    ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P,    ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8,    ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8,    ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8,    ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8,    ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE,    ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE,    ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE,   ///<        Y        , 12bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE,   ///<        Y        , 12bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE,   ///<        Y        , 10bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE,   ///<        Y        , 10bpp, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian
+
+    /**
+     * Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11.
+     *
+     * This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11
+     * hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only.
+     *
+     * data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the
+     * texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is
+     * an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture).
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11,
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE,   ///<        Y        , 9bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE,   ///<        Y        , 9bpp, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE,  ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4,     96bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE,  ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4,     96bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, little-endian
+
+    /**
+     * DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing.
+     *
+     * data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor.
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME,
+    /**
+     * Hardware surfaces for OpenCL.
+     *
+     * data[i] contain 2D image objects (typed in C as cl_mem, used
+     * in OpenCL as image2d_t) for each plane of the surface.
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_OPENCL,
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NB         ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions
+};
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+#   define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be
+#else
+#   define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le
+#endif
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32   AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32   AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE,  GRAY9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16   AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE,   YA16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE,  RGB48LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE,  BGR48LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9     AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE ,    GBRP9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10    AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE,    GBRP10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12    AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE,    GBRP12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14    AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE,    GBRP14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16    AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE,    GBRP16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10   AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE,   GBRAP10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12   AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE,   GBRAP12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16   AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE,   GBRAP16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE,    BAYER_BGGR16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE,    BAYER_RGGB16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE,    BAYER_GBRG16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE,    BAYER_GRBG16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32    AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE,  GBRPF32LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32   AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12      AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20       AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE,  NV20LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64     AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010       AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE,  P010LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016       AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE,  P016LE)
+
+/**
+  * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries.
+  * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.1.
+  */
+enum AVColorPrimaries {
+    AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0   = 0,
+    AVCOL_PRI_BT709       = 1,  ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B
+    AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+    AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED    = 3,
+    AVCOL_PRI_BT470M      = 4,  ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
+
+    AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG     = 5,  ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
+    AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M   = 6,  ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
+    AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M   = 7,  ///< functionally identical to above
+    AVCOL_PRI_FILM        = 8,  ///< colour filters using Illuminant C
+    AVCOL_PRI_BT2020      = 9,  ///< ITU-R BT2020
+    AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428    = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ)
+    AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428,
+    AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431    = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3
+    AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432    = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3
+    AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22   = 22, ///< JEDEC P22 phosphors
+    AVCOL_PRI_NB                ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * Color Transfer Characteristic.
+ * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.2.
+ */
+enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic {
+    AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0    = 0,
+    AVCOL_TRC_BT709        = 1,  ///< also ITU-R BT1361
+    AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED  = 2,
+    AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED     = 3,
+    AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22      = 4,  ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
+    AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28      = 5,  ///< also ITU-R BT470BG
+    AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M    = 6,  ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
+    AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M    = 7,
+    AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR       = 8,  ///< "Linear transfer characteristics"
+    AVCOL_TRC_LOG          = 9,  ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)"
+    AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT     = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)"
+    AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4
+    AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG   = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut
+    AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC)
+    AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10    = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system
+    AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12    = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system
+    AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084    = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems
+    AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084  = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084,
+    AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428     = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1
+    AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428,
+    AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma"
+    AVCOL_TRC_NB                 ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * YUV colorspace type.
+ * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.3.
+ */
+enum AVColorSpace {
+    AVCOL_SPC_RGB         = 0,  ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB)
+    AVCOL_SPC_BT709       = 1,  ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B
+    AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+    AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED    = 3,
+    AVCOL_SPC_FCC         = 4,  ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
+    AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG     = 5,  ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601
+    AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M   = 6,  ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
+    AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M   = 7,  ///< functionally identical to above
+    AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO       = 8,  ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16
+    AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG       = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO,
+    AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL  = 9,  ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system
+    AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL   = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system
+    AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085   = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x
+    AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system
+    AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system
+    AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP       = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp
+    AVCOL_SPC_NB                ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
+ */
+enum AVColorRange {
+    AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+    AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG        = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges
+    AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG        = 2, ///< the normal     2^n-1   "JPEG" YUV ranges
+    AVCOL_RANGE_NB               ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * Location of chroma samples.
+ *
+ * Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of the
+ * image, the left shows only luma, the right
+ * shows the location of the chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay
+ * each other but are drawn separately due to limitations of ASCII
+ *
+ *                1st 2nd       1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions
+ *                 v   v         v   v
+ *                 ______        ______
+ *1st luma line > |X   X ...    |3 4 X ...     X are luma samples,
+ *                |             |1 2           1-6 are possible chroma positions
+ *2nd luma line > |X   X ...    |5 6 X ...     0 is undefined/unknown position
+ */
+enum AVChromaLocation {
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT        = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER      = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT     = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP         = 4,
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT  = 5,
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM      = 6,
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_NB               ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/rational.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/rational.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/rational.h
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+/*
+ * rational numbers
+ * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_math_rational
+ * Utilties for rational number calculation.
+ * @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
+#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational
+ * @ingroup lavu_math
+ * Rational number calculation.
+ *
+ * While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the
+ * conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the
+ * other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of
+ * timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic
+ * interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and
+ * denominators.
+ *
+ * Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in
+ * reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all
+ * rational numbers.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator).
+ */
+typedef struct AVRational{
+    int num; ///< Numerator
+    int den; ///< Denominator
+} AVRational;
+
+/**
+ * Create an AVRational.
+ *
+ * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals.
+ *
+ * @note The return value is not reduced.
+ * @see av_reduce()
+ */
+static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den)
+{
+    AVRational r = { num, den };
+    return r;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Compare two rationals.
+ *
+ * @param a First rational
+ * @param b Second rational
+ *
+ * @return One of the following values:
+ *         - 0 if `a == b`
+ *         - 1 if `a > b`
+ *         - -1 if `a < b`
+ *         - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0`
+ */
+static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){
+    const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den;
+
+    if(tmp) return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1;
+    else if(b.den && a.den) return 0;
+    else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31);
+    else                    return INT_MIN;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVRational to a `double`.
+ * @param a AVRational to convert
+ * @return `a` in floating-point form
+ * @see av_d2q()
+ */
+static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){
+    return a.num / (double) a.den;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reduce a fraction.
+ *
+ * This is useful for framerate calculations.
+ *
+ * @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator
+ * @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator
+ * @param[in]      num Source numerator
+ * @param[in]      den Source denominator
+ * @param[in]      max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den`
+ * @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max);
+
+/**
+ * Multiply two rationals.
+ * @param b First rational
+ * @param c Second rational
+ * @return b*c
+ */
+AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Divide one rational by another.
+ * @param b First rational
+ * @param c Second rational
+ * @return b/c
+ */
+AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Add two rationals.
+ * @param b First rational
+ * @param c Second rational
+ * @return b+c
+ */
+AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Subtract one rational from another.
+ * @param b First rational
+ * @param c Second rational
+ * @return b-c
+ */
+AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Invert a rational.
+ * @param q value
+ * @return 1 / q
+ */
+static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q)
+{
+    AVRational r = { q.den, q.num };
+    return r;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational.
+ *
+ * In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or
+ * `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign.
+ *
+ * @param d   `double` to convert
+ * @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator
+ * @return `d` in AVRational form
+ * @see av_q2d()
+ */
+AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational.
+ *
+ * @param q     Rational to be compared against
+ * @param q1,q2 Rationals to be tested
+ * @return One of the following values:
+ *         - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2`
+ *         - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1`
+ *         - 0 if they have the same distance
+ */
+int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2);
+
+/**
+ * Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational.
+ *
+ * @param q      Reference rational
+ * @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}`
+ * @return Index of the nearest value found in the array
+ */
+int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point
+ * format.
+ *
+ * @param q Rational to be converted
+ * @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit
+ *         integer.
+ * @note The returned value is platform-indepedant.
+ */
+uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
+#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats
+ *
+ * Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Audio sample formats
+ *
+ * - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order.
+ *   Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed
+ *   24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format.
+ *
+ * - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range
+ *   [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level.
+ *
+ * - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg
+ *   (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows:
+ *
+ * @par
+ * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane,
+ * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data
+ * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data
+ * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case,
+ * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane.
+ *
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat {
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1,
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8,          ///< unsigned 8 bits
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16,         ///< signed 16 bits
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32,         ///< signed 32 bits
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT,         ///< float
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL,         ///< double
+
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P,         ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P,        ///< signed 16 bits, planar
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P,        ///< signed 32 bits, planar
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP,        ///< float, planar
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP,        ///< double, planar
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64,         ///< signed 64 bits
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P,        ///< signed 64 bits, planar
+
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB           ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not
+ * recognized.
+ */
+const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
+ * on error.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or
+ * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the
+ * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the
+ * input.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar);
+
+/**
+ * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format.
+ *
+ * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is
+ * the same as the input.
+ *
+ * @return  the packed alternative form of the given sample format or
+            AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format.
+ *
+ * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is
+ * the same as the input.
+ *
+ * @return  the planar alternative form of the given sample format or
+            AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with
+ * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative.
+ *
+ * @param buf the buffer where to write the string
+ * @param buf_size the size of buf
+ * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the
+ * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
+ * corresponding header.
+ * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is
+ * unknown or in case of other errors
+ */
+char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Return number of bytes per sample.
+ *
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format
+ * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given
+ * sample format
+ */
+int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the sample format is planar.
+ *
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect
+ * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved
+ */
+int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters.
+ *
+ * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
+ * @param nb_channels   the number of channels
+ * @param nb_samples    the number of samples in a single channel
+ * @param sample_fmt    the sample format
+ * @param align         buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
+ * @return              required buffer size, or negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
+                               enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation
+ *
+ * Functions that manipulate audio samples
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample
+ * format sample_fmt.
+ *
+ * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes:
+ * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer,
+ * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only.
+ *
+ * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each
+ * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the
+ * buffer for all channels for packed layout.
+ *
+ * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples
+ * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size),
+ * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param[out] audio_data  array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
+ * @param[out] linesize    calculated linesize, may be NULL
+ * @param buf              the pointer to a buffer containing the samples
+ * @param nb_channels      the number of channels
+ * @param nb_samples       the number of samples in a single channel
+ * @param sample_fmt       the sample format
+ * @param align            buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
+ * @return                 >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure
+ * @todo return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer in case
+ * of success at the next bump
+ */
+int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize,
+                           const uint8_t *buf,
+                           int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
+                           enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and
+ * linesize accordingly.
+ * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0])
+ * Allocated data will be initialized to silence.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param[out] audio_data  array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
+ * @param[out] linesize    aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL
+ * @param nb_channels      number of audio channels
+ * @param nb_samples       number of samples per channel
+ * @param align            buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
+ * @return                 >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure
+ * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump
+ * @see av_samples_fill_arrays()
+ * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples()
+ */
+int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
+                     int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples
+ * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly.
+ *
+ * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data
+ * pointers array.
+ *
+ * @see av_samples_alloc()
+ */
+int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t ***audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
+                                       int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Copy samples from src to dst.
+ *
+ * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes
+ * @param src source array of pointers to data planes
+ * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst
+ * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied
+ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels
+ * @param sample_fmt audio sample format
+ */
+int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset,
+                    int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels,
+                    enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Fill an audio buffer with silence.
+ *
+ * @param audio_data  array of pointers to data planes
+ * @param offset      offset in samples at which to start filling
+ * @param nb_samples  number of samples to fill
+ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels
+ * @param sample_fmt  audio sample format
+ */
+int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples,
+                           int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/version.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/version.h
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu
+ * Libavutil version macros
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H
+#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H
+
+#include "macros.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup version_utils
+ *
+ * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain
+ * backward compatibility.
+ *
+ * The FFmpeg libraries follow a versioning sheme very similar to
+ * Semantic Versioning (http://semver.org/)
+ * The difference is that the component called PATCH is called MICRO in FFmpeg
+ * and its value is reset to 100 instead of 0 to keep it above or equal to 100.
+ * Also we do not increase MICRO for every bugfix or change in git master.
+ *
+ * Prior to FFmpeg 3.2 point releases did not change any lib version number to
+ * avoid aliassing different git master checkouts.
+ * Starting with FFmpeg 3.2, the released library versions will occupy
+ * a separate MAJOR.MINOR that is not used on the master development branch.
+ * That is if we branch a release of master 55.10.123 we will bump to 55.11.100
+ * for the release and master will continue at 55.12.100 after it. Each new
+ * point release will then bump the MICRO improving the usefulness of the lib
+ * versions.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) ((a)<<16 | (b)<<8 | (c))
+#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c
+#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c)
+
+/**
+ * Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned
+ * by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version()
+ */
+#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16)
+#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a) & 0x00FF00) >> 8)
+#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a) & 0xFF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics
+ *
+ * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime
+ * which version of libavutil is in use.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR  56
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR  14
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT   AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+                                               LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \
+                                               LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION       AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR,     \
+                                           LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR,     \
+                                           LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD         LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT         "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION)
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_depr_guards Deprecation Guards
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ *
+ * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
+ * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
+ * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef FF_API_VAAPI
+#define FF_API_VAAPI                    (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_FRAME_QP
+#define FF_API_FRAME_QP                 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1
+#define FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1             (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_ERROR_FRAME
+#define FF_API_ERROR_FRAME              (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_PKT_PTS
+#define FF_API_PKT_PTS                  (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
+#define FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T            (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET
+#define FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET            (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_PSEUDOPAL
+#define FF_API_PSEUDOPAL                (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/moz.build b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/moz.build
new file mode 100644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+# -*- Mode: python; indent-tabs-mode: nil; tab-width: 40 -*-
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+UNIFIED_SOURCES += [
+    '../FFmpegAudioDecoder.cpp',
+    '../FFmpegDataDecoder.cpp',
+    '../FFmpegDecoderModule.cpp',
+    '../FFmpegVideoDecoder.cpp',
+]
+LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+    '..',
+    'include',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['CC_TYPE'] in ('clang', 'gcc'):
+  CXXFLAGS += [ '-Wno-deprecated-declarations' ]
+if CONFIG['CC_TYPE'] == 'clang':
+  CXXFLAGS += [
+    '-Wno-unknown-attributes',
+  ]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'xul'
diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/moz.build b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/moz.build
--- a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/moz.build
+++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/moz.build
@@ -8,15 +8,16 @@ EXPORTS += [
     'FFmpegRuntimeLinker.h',
 ]
 
 DIRS += [
     'libav53',
     'libav54',
     'libav55',
     'ffmpeg57',
+    'ffmpeg58',
 ]
 
 UNIFIED_SOURCES += [
     'FFmpegRuntimeLinker.cpp',
 ]
 
 FINAL_LIBRARY = 'xul'